Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

whole+condition

  • 61 volver

    v.
    1 to turn round (dar la vuelta a).
    al volver la esquina when we turned the corner
    Ella volvió la tortilla She turned the tortilla.
    Volvió inservible el carro.. It rendered the car useless.
    2 to turn (cabeza, ojos).
    3 to go back, to return (ir de vuelta).
    yo allí no vuelvo I'm not going back there
    vuelve, no te vayas come back, don't go
    al volver pasé por el supermercado I stopped off at the supermarket on the o my way back
    aún no ha vuelto del trabajo she isn't back o hasn't got back from work yet
    volver en sí to come to, to regain consciousness
    Ellos volvieron ayer They returned yesterday.
    4 to come back to.
    Me volvieron los recuerdos Memories came back to me.
    5 to vomit.
    Ella volvió los tacos She vomited the tacos.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ MOVER], like link=mover mover (pp vuelto,-a)
    1 (dar vuelta a) to turn, turn over; (hacia abajo) to turn upside down; (de dentro afuera) to turn inside out; (lo de atrás hacia delante) to turn back to front
    2 (convertir) to turn, make, change
    3 (devolver) to give back; (a su lugar) to put back
    4 (torcer) to turn
    1 (regresar) to return; (ir) to go back; (venir) to come back
    2 (a un tema etc) to return, revert
    1 (regresar - ir) to go back; (- venir) to come back
    3 (convertirse) to turn, become
    \
    volver a alguien a la vida to revive somebody, bring somebody back to life
    volver a las andadas to fall back into one's old habits
    volver del revés to turn inside out
    volver en sí to regain consciousness, come round
    volver los ojos hacia to turn one's eyes towards
    volver sobre sus pasos to retrace one's steps
    volverle la espalda a alguien figurado to turn one's back on somebody
    volverse atrás figurado to go back on one's word, back out
    volverse en contra de alguien to turn against somebody
    * * *
    verb
    2) go back, come back
    4) cause, drive, make
    - volverse
    * * *
    ( pp vuelto)
    1. VT
    1) (=dar la vuelta a) [+ cabeza] to turn; [+ colchón, tortilla, enfermo] to turn over; [+ jersey, calcetín] to turn inside out; [+ página] to turn, turn over

    volver la espaldato turn away

    volver la esquinato go round o turn the corner

    2) (=cambiar la orientación de) to turn

    volver la vista atrásto look back

    volver los ojos al pasado — to look back

    volver el pensamiento a Dios — to turn one's thoughts to God

    volver la proa al viento — to turn the bow into the wind

    3) *
    (=devolver) [+ compra] to return; [+ comida] to bring up; [+ imagen] to reflect; [+ objeto lanzado] to send back, return; [+ visita] to return

    volver algo a su lugar — to return sth to its place, put sth back (in its place)

    volver la casa a su estado originalto return o restore the house to its original condition

    4) (=enrollar) [+ manga] to roll up
    5) [+ adj] to make

    el ácido lo vuelve azul — the acid turns it blue, the acid makes it go blue

    6) (Ling) to translate (a into)
    2. VI
    1) (=regresar) (a donde se está) to come back, return; (a donde se estaba) to go back, return (a to) ([de] from)

    volver victorioso — to come back victorious, return in triumph

    volviendo a lo que decía... — going back o returning to what I was saying...

    volver atrás — to go back, turn back

    volver a una costumbreto revert to a habit

    2)

    volver a hacer algo — to do sth again

    me he vuelto a equivocar — I've made a mistake again, I've made another mistake

    volvió a casarse — she remarried, she (got) married again

    3)

    volver en — to come to, come round

    4) [camino] to turn (a to)
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( regresar - al lugar donde se está) to come back; (- a otro lugar) to go back

    ¿cómo vas a volver? — how are you getting back?

    volvió muy cambiadashe came back o returned a different person

    ¿cuándo piensas volver por aquí? — when do you think you'll be o come back this way?

    volver a algo< a un lugar> to go back to something; <a una situación/actividad> to return to something

    volviendo a lo que decía... — to get o go back to what I was saying...

    volver de algo: ¿cuándo volviste de las vacaciones? when did you get back from your vacation?; ha vuelto de Roma she's back from Rome; volvió cansado del trabajo he was tired when he got home from work; volver atrás — ( literal) to go o turn back; ( al pasado) to turn back the clock

    2)
    a) ( repetirse) momento to return
    b) calma/paz to return
    3)
    2.
    volver v aux

    volver a + inf: volver a empezar to start again o (AmE) over; no volverá a ocurrir it won't happen again; no lo volví a ver I never saw him again; lo tuve que volver a llevar al taller — I had to take it back to the workshop

    3.
    volver vt
    a) <colchón/tortilla> to turn (over); < tierra> to turn o dig over; <calcetín/chaqueta> ( poner del revés) to turn... inside out; ( poner del derecho) to turn... the right way round; < cuello> to turn
    b) <cabeza/mirada>
    c) < esquina> to turn
    2) (convertir en, poner)

    me está volviendo loca — it's/he's/she's driving me mad

    3) (Méx)
    4.
    volverse v pron
    1) ( girar) to turn (around)

    no te vuelvas, que nos están siguiendo — don't look back, we're being followed

    volverse boca arriba/abajo — to turn over onto one's back/stomach

    volverse atrásto back out

    2) (convertirse en, ponerse)

    se vuelve agrioit turns o goes sour

    * * *
    = come back, render, return, switch back, turn back, turn over + page, turn over, get back, be back.
    Ex. He wondered whether to chase after Duff and order him to come back or wait and see him later, after she had regained her composure.
    Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex. Returning to government agencies, some agencies are treated as subordinate to a government, whilst others are entered independently.
    Ex. A code at the bottom of the local document summary and full information screens allow switching back to the system catalog.
    Ex. It might be wise for you to turn back and re-read what was said in section 2.
    Ex. Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.
    Ex. Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.
    Ex. I have been off on vacation and just got back.
    Ex. Which means I'd give the whole shooting match just to be back where I was before I quit sleeping under the stars and come into the hen-coops.
    ----
    * acción de volver a contar algo = retelling.
    * aguas + volver a su cauce = dust + settle.
    * hacer que la gente se vuelva a mirar = make + heads turn.
    * hora de volver a casa = curfew.
    * la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.
    * las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.
    * no volver = go + forever.
    * no volver hasta + Expresión Temporal = not be back for + Expresión Temporal.
    * no volver la vista atrás = never + look back.
    * que puede volver a cerrarse herméticamente = resealable.
    * volvemos siempre al principio = things swing full circle.
    * volver a = depart to, get back to, go back to, move back to, revert (to), go + full circle back to, circle back to, backtrack [back-track], recur to, roll back to, revert back to, head back to, slide back to, default to.
    * volver a abrir = be back in business.
    * volver a adoptar = resume.
    * volver a albergar = rehouse [re-house].
    * volver a alfombrar = recarpet [re-carpet].
    * volver a Alguien loco = drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * volver a almacenar = rehouse [re-house].
    * volver a alojar = rehouse [re-house].
    * volver a alquilar = rehire [re-hire].
    * volver a analizar = reexamine [re-examine], reanalyse [reanalyze, -USA].
    * volver a aparecer = resurface.
    * volver a aprender = relearn.
    * volver a asegurar = reinsure.
    * volver a asentar = resettle.
    * volver a atar = re-tie.
    * volver a bautizar = re-baptise [re-baptize, -USA].
    * volver a caer (en) = relapse (into).
    * volver a calcular = recalculation.
    * volver a cargar = reload.
    * volver a casa = go + home again.
    * volver a casarse = remarry.
    * volver a clasificar = refolder.
    * volver a combinar = recombine [re-combine].
    * volver a comprimir = recompress.
    * volver a comprobar = check back.
    * volver a conectar = reconnect [re-connect].
    * volver a congelarse = re-freeze [refreeze].
    * volver a considerar = reconsider.
    * volver a consultar = revisit, check back.
    * volver a contar = recount, retell.
    * volver a contextualizar = recontextualise [recontextualize, USA].
    * volver a contratar = rehire [re-hire].
    * volver a convertir = reconvert.
    * volver a convocar = reconvene.
    * volver a copiar = recopy.
    * volver a crear = recreate [re-create].
    * volver a dar forma = reshape [re-shape].
    * volver a descubrir = rediscover.
    * volver a despertar = reawaken [re-awaken].
    * volver a determinar = respecify.
    * volver a diseñar = redesign [re-design], repurpose [re-purpose].
    * volver a dotar = re-equip [reequip].
    * volver a ejecutar = rerun [re-run].
    * volver a empezar = return to + the drawing boards, back to the drawing board, a fresh start, start over, go back to + square one, be back to square one.
    * volver a empezar de cero = be back to square one, go back to + square one.
    * volver a encuadernar = rebind [re-bind].
    * volver a enmoquetar = recarpeting.
    * volver a enseñar = retrain [re-train].
    * volver a entrar = come back in.
    * volver a enviar = resubmit [re-submit], reship, resend [re-send].
    * volver a equipar = re-equip [reequip].
    * volver a escribir = retype [re-type], rewrite [re-write].
    * volver a especificar = respecify.
    * volver a establecer equivalencias = remap.
    * volver a evaluar = reassess [re-assess], reevaluate [re-evaluate], reappraise.
    * volver a financiar = re-fund.
    * volver a formarse = reform.
    * volver a formatear = reformat [re-format].
    * volver a funcionar = be back in business.
    * volver a guardar = rehouse [re-house].
    * volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * volver a hacer = redo [re-do], remake.
    * volver a hacer un examen = retake + an exam.
    * volver a hidratar = rehydrate.
    * volver a imprimir = reprint.
    * volver a incluir = reinstate.
    * volver a indizar = re-index [reindex].
    * volver a inscribir = reregister.
    * volver a insertar = reinsert.
    * volver a insertar en el ordenador = rekey [re-key].
    * volver a intentar = retry [re-try].
    * volver a interpretar = reinterpret [re-interpret].
    * volver a introducir = re-enter [reenter], reintroduce, reinsert.
    * volver a juzgar = retry [re-try].
    * volver a la etapa de planificación = return to + the drawing boards, back to the drawing board.
    * volver a la normalidad = get back to + normal, return to + normalcy, get (back) into + the swings of things.
    * volver a la popularidad = return to + favour.
    * volver a la seguridad de = burrow back into.
    * volver a la vida normal = get (back) into + the swings of things.
    * volver a leer = reread [re-read].
    * volver a levantar el sistema = restart.
    * volver Algo a su estado anterior = put + Nombre + back on track.
    * volver Algo del revés = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * volver Algo en Otra Cosa = turn + Nombre + into.
    * volver al pasado = turn + the clock back.
    * volver al principio = come + full circle, bring + Pronombre + full-circle.
    * volver al punto de partida = come + full circle, bring + Pronombre + full-circle, go back to + square one, be back to square one.
    * volver al redil = return to + the fold.
    * volver a manejar = rehandle.
    * volver a mezclar = remix.
    * volver a montar = reassemble [re-assemble].
    * volver a mostrar = redisplay.
    * volver a nacer = have + a lucky escape, have + a narrow escape.
    * volver a nombrar = rename.
    * volver a ordenar = resort.
    * volver a oxidar = reoxidise [reoxidize, -USA].
    * volver a pedir = reorder [re-order].
    * volver a pintar = repaint [re-paint].
    * volver a planificar = reschedule.
    * volver a plantearse = reconceive of.
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * volver a por sus fueros = be back on track, be on track, bite back.
    * volver a preguntar = check back.
    * volver a presentar = resubmit [re-submit].
    * volver a prestar atención = refocus + attention.
    * volver a procesar = reprocess.
    * volver a programar = reschedule.
    * volver a promover un producto = rehyping.
    * volver a publicar = reissue [re-issue].
    * volver a recibir financiación = re-fund.
    * volver a representar = remap.
    * volver a reunir = reassemble [re-assemble].
    * volver a salir = come back out.
    * volver a salir a la superficie = resurface.
    * volver a ser condenado = reconviction.
    * volver a ser lo que era = be back on track, be on track.
    * volver a subvencionar = re-fund.
    * volver a su camino = get back on + track, get back on + Posesivo + path.
    * volver a tomar = regain, retake.
    * volver a traducir = remap.
    * volver a traer = restore.
    * volver atrás = turn + the clock back, go + backwards.
    * volver a tratar = revisit.
    * volver a unir = reunite [re-unite].
    * volver a untar grasa al cojinete = repack + bearing.
    * volver a usar = reuse [re-use].
    * volver a utilizar = recapture, reutilise [reutilize, -USA].
    * volver a vivir = relive.
    * volver corriendo = scurry back.
    * volver de nuevo = come back out.
    * volver el reloj atrás = turn + the clock back.
    * volver en + Expresión Temporal = be back in + Expresión Temporal.
    * volver en sí = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * volver hacia atrás = backtrack [back-track].
    * volver la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * volver la espalda = give + Nombre + the cold shoulder, turn + a cold shoulder to, cold-shoulder.
    * volver la espalda a = turn + Posesivo + back on.
    * volver la página = turn over + page.
    * volver las tornas = turn + the tables (on).
    * volver la vista atrás = look back.
    * volverlo a hacer = go and do it again.
    * volver loco = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver loco a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops, push + Alguien + over the edge.
    * volver loco, exasperar, sacar de quicio, cabrear, encabronar, dar por culo, = piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver pronto = haste back.
    * volverse = become, turn into, swing around, turn (a)round.
    * volverse + Adjetivo = grow + Adjetivo.
    * volverse a reunir = reconvene.
    * volverse a unir a = rejoin.
    * volverse chalado = go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse chiflado = go + potty, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse ciego = become + blind.
    * volverse + Color = turn to + Color.
    * volverse cruel = become + vicious.
    * volverse en contra de = turn against.
    * volverse estúpido = go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse etéreo = etherealise [etherealize, -USA].
    * volverse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather.
    * volverse ilegible = become + unreadable.
    * volverse líquido = turn to + liquid.
    * volverse loco = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse loco de alegría = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * volverse loco por = sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go + gaga (over).
    * volverse majareta = go + potty, go out of + Posesivo + mind, go off + the rails, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse marrón = turn + brown.
    * volverse obscuro = turn + dark.
    * volverse obsoleto = go out of + date, become + obsolete, go out of + fashion, obsolesce.
    * volverse obsoleto, pasar de moda, caducar = become + obsolete.
    * volverse oscuro = turn + dark.
    * volverse violento = turn + violent.
    * volver sobre = retrace.
    * volver sobre los pasos de Uno = double-back, retrace + Posesivo + steps, retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, go back on + Posesivo + steps.
    * volver tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( regresar - al lugar donde se está) to come back; (- a otro lugar) to go back

    ¿cómo vas a volver? — how are you getting back?

    volvió muy cambiadashe came back o returned a different person

    ¿cuándo piensas volver por aquí? — when do you think you'll be o come back this way?

    volver a algo< a un lugar> to go back to something; <a una situación/actividad> to return to something

    volviendo a lo que decía... — to get o go back to what I was saying...

    volver de algo: ¿cuándo volviste de las vacaciones? when did you get back from your vacation?; ha vuelto de Roma she's back from Rome; volvió cansado del trabajo he was tired when he got home from work; volver atrás — ( literal) to go o turn back; ( al pasado) to turn back the clock

    2)
    a) ( repetirse) momento to return
    b) calma/paz to return
    3)
    2.
    volver v aux

    volver a + inf: volver a empezar to start again o (AmE) over; no volverá a ocurrir it won't happen again; no lo volví a ver I never saw him again; lo tuve que volver a llevar al taller — I had to take it back to the workshop

    3.
    volver vt
    a) <colchón/tortilla> to turn (over); < tierra> to turn o dig over; <calcetín/chaqueta> ( poner del revés) to turn... inside out; ( poner del derecho) to turn... the right way round; < cuello> to turn
    b) <cabeza/mirada>
    c) < esquina> to turn
    2) (convertir en, poner)

    me está volviendo loca — it's/he's/she's driving me mad

    3) (Méx)
    4.
    volverse v pron
    1) ( girar) to turn (around)

    no te vuelvas, que nos están siguiendo — don't look back, we're being followed

    volverse boca arriba/abajo — to turn over onto one's back/stomach

    volverse atrásto back out

    2) (convertirse en, ponerse)

    se vuelve agrioit turns o goes sour

    * * *
    = come back, render, return, switch back, turn back, turn over + page, turn over, get back, be back.

    Ex: He wondered whether to chase after Duff and order him to come back or wait and see him later, after she had regained her composure.

    Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex: Returning to government agencies, some agencies are treated as subordinate to a government, whilst others are entered independently.
    Ex: A code at the bottom of the local document summary and full information screens allow switching back to the system catalog.
    Ex: It might be wise for you to turn back and re-read what was said in section 2.
    Ex: Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.
    Ex: Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.
    Ex: I have been off on vacation and just got back.
    Ex: Which means I'd give the whole shooting match just to be back where I was before I quit sleeping under the stars and come into the hen-coops.
    * acción de volver a contar algo = retelling.
    * aguas + volver a su cauce = dust + settle.
    * hacer que la gente se vuelva a mirar = make + heads turn.
    * hora de volver a casa = curfew.
    * la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.
    * las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.
    * no volver = go + forever.
    * no volver hasta + Expresión Temporal = not be back for + Expresión Temporal.
    * no volver la vista atrás = never + look back.
    * que puede volver a cerrarse herméticamente = resealable.
    * volvemos siempre al principio = things swing full circle.
    * volver a = depart to, get back to, go back to, move back to, revert (to), go + full circle back to, circle back to, backtrack [back-track], recur to, roll back to, revert back to, head back to, slide back to, default to.
    * volver a abrir = be back in business.
    * volver a adoptar = resume.
    * volver a albergar = rehouse [re-house].
    * volver a alfombrar = recarpet [re-carpet].
    * volver a Alguien loco = drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * volver a almacenar = rehouse [re-house].
    * volver a alojar = rehouse [re-house].
    * volver a alquilar = rehire [re-hire].
    * volver a analizar = reexamine [re-examine], reanalyse [reanalyze, -USA].
    * volver a aparecer = resurface.
    * volver a aprender = relearn.
    * volver a asegurar = reinsure.
    * volver a asentar = resettle.
    * volver a atar = re-tie.
    * volver a bautizar = re-baptise [re-baptize, -USA].
    * volver a caer (en) = relapse (into).
    * volver a calcular = recalculation.
    * volver a cargar = reload.
    * volver a casa = go + home again.
    * volver a casarse = remarry.
    * volver a clasificar = refolder.
    * volver a combinar = recombine [re-combine].
    * volver a comprimir = recompress.
    * volver a comprobar = check back.
    * volver a conectar = reconnect [re-connect].
    * volver a congelarse = re-freeze [refreeze].
    * volver a considerar = reconsider.
    * volver a consultar = revisit, check back.
    * volver a contar = recount, retell.
    * volver a contextualizar = recontextualise [recontextualize, USA].
    * volver a contratar = rehire [re-hire].
    * volver a convertir = reconvert.
    * volver a convocar = reconvene.
    * volver a copiar = recopy.
    * volver a crear = recreate [re-create].
    * volver a dar forma = reshape [re-shape].
    * volver a descubrir = rediscover.
    * volver a despertar = reawaken [re-awaken].
    * volver a determinar = respecify.
    * volver a diseñar = redesign [re-design], repurpose [re-purpose].
    * volver a dotar = re-equip [reequip].
    * volver a ejecutar = rerun [re-run].
    * volver a empezar = return to + the drawing boards, back to the drawing board, a fresh start, start over, go back to + square one, be back to square one.
    * volver a empezar de cero = be back to square one, go back to + square one.
    * volver a encuadernar = rebind [re-bind].
    * volver a enmoquetar = recarpeting.
    * volver a enseñar = retrain [re-train].
    * volver a entrar = come back in.
    * volver a enviar = resubmit [re-submit], reship, resend [re-send].
    * volver a equipar = re-equip [reequip].
    * volver a escribir = retype [re-type], rewrite [re-write].
    * volver a especificar = respecify.
    * volver a establecer equivalencias = remap.
    * volver a evaluar = reassess [re-assess], reevaluate [re-evaluate], reappraise.
    * volver a financiar = re-fund.
    * volver a formarse = reform.
    * volver a formatear = reformat [re-format].
    * volver a funcionar = be back in business.
    * volver a guardar = rehouse [re-house].
    * volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * volver a hacer = redo [re-do], remake.
    * volver a hacer un examen = retake + an exam.
    * volver a hidratar = rehydrate.
    * volver a imprimir = reprint.
    * volver a incluir = reinstate.
    * volver a indizar = re-index [reindex].
    * volver a inscribir = reregister.
    * volver a insertar = reinsert.
    * volver a insertar en el ordenador = rekey [re-key].
    * volver a intentar = retry [re-try].
    * volver a interpretar = reinterpret [re-interpret].
    * volver a introducir = re-enter [reenter], reintroduce, reinsert.
    * volver a juzgar = retry [re-try].
    * volver a la etapa de planificación = return to + the drawing boards, back to the drawing board.
    * volver a la normalidad = get back to + normal, return to + normalcy, get (back) into + the swings of things.
    * volver a la popularidad = return to + favour.
    * volver a la seguridad de = burrow back into.
    * volver a la vida normal = get (back) into + the swings of things.
    * volver a leer = reread [re-read].
    * volver a levantar el sistema = restart.
    * volver Algo a su estado anterior = put + Nombre + back on track.
    * volver Algo del revés = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * volver Algo en Otra Cosa = turn + Nombre + into.
    * volver al pasado = turn + the clock back.
    * volver al principio = come + full circle, bring + Pronombre + full-circle.
    * volver al punto de partida = come + full circle, bring + Pronombre + full-circle, go back to + square one, be back to square one.
    * volver al redil = return to + the fold.
    * volver a manejar = rehandle.
    * volver a mezclar = remix.
    * volver a montar = reassemble [re-assemble].
    * volver a mostrar = redisplay.
    * volver a nacer = have + a lucky escape, have + a narrow escape.
    * volver a nombrar = rename.
    * volver a ordenar = resort.
    * volver a oxidar = reoxidise [reoxidize, -USA].
    * volver a pedir = reorder [re-order].
    * volver a pintar = repaint [re-paint].
    * volver a planificar = reschedule.
    * volver a plantearse = reconceive of.
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * volver a por sus fueros = be back on track, be on track, bite back.
    * volver a preguntar = check back.
    * volver a presentar = resubmit [re-submit].
    * volver a prestar atención = refocus + attention.
    * volver a procesar = reprocess.
    * volver a programar = reschedule.
    * volver a promover un producto = rehyping.
    * volver a publicar = reissue [re-issue].
    * volver a recibir financiación = re-fund.
    * volver a representar = remap.
    * volver a reunir = reassemble [re-assemble].
    * volver a salir = come back out.
    * volver a salir a la superficie = resurface.
    * volver a ser condenado = reconviction.
    * volver a ser lo que era = be back on track, be on track.
    * volver a subvencionar = re-fund.
    * volver a su camino = get back on + track, get back on + Posesivo + path.
    * volver a tomar = regain, retake.
    * volver a traducir = remap.
    * volver a traer = restore.
    * volver atrás = turn + the clock back, go + backwards.
    * volver a tratar = revisit.
    * volver a unir = reunite [re-unite].
    * volver a untar grasa al cojinete = repack + bearing.
    * volver a usar = reuse [re-use].
    * volver a utilizar = recapture, reutilise [reutilize, -USA].
    * volver a vivir = relive.
    * volver corriendo = scurry back.
    * volver de nuevo = come back out.
    * volver el reloj atrás = turn + the clock back.
    * volver en + Expresión Temporal = be back in + Expresión Temporal.
    * volver en sí = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * volver hacia atrás = backtrack [back-track].
    * volver la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * volver la espalda = give + Nombre + the cold shoulder, turn + a cold shoulder to, cold-shoulder.
    * volver la espalda a = turn + Posesivo + back on.
    * volver la página = turn over + page.
    * volver las tornas = turn + the tables (on).
    * volver la vista atrás = look back.
    * volverlo a hacer = go and do it again.
    * volver loco = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver loco a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops, push + Alguien + over the edge.
    * volver loco, exasperar, sacar de quicio, cabrear, encabronar, dar por culo, = piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver pronto = haste back.
    * volverse = become, turn into, swing around, turn (a)round.
    * volverse + Adjetivo = grow + Adjetivo.
    * volverse a reunir = reconvene.
    * volverse a unir a = rejoin.
    * volverse chalado = go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse chiflado = go + potty, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse ciego = become + blind.
    * volverse + Color = turn to + Color.
    * volverse cruel = become + vicious.
    * volverse en contra de = turn against.
    * volverse estúpido = go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse etéreo = etherealise [etherealize, -USA].
    * volverse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather.
    * volverse ilegible = become + unreadable.
    * volverse líquido = turn to + liquid.
    * volverse loco = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse loco de alegría = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * volverse loco por = sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go + gaga (over).
    * volverse majareta = go + potty, go out of + Posesivo + mind, go off + the rails, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse marrón = turn + brown.
    * volverse obscuro = turn + dark.
    * volverse obsoleto = go out of + date, become + obsolete, go out of + fashion, obsolesce.
    * volverse obsoleto, pasar de moda, caducar = become + obsolete.
    * volverse oscuro = turn + dark.
    * volverse violento = turn + violent.
    * volver sobre = retrace.
    * volver sobre los pasos de Uno = double-back, retrace + Posesivo + steps, retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, go back on + Posesivo + steps.
    * volver tarde a casa = stay out + late.

    * * *
    volver [ E11 ]
    vi
    A (regresaral lugar donde se está) to come back; (— a otro lugar) to go back
    no sé a qué hora volveré I don't know what time I'll be back
    ¿no piensas volver allí algún día? don't you intend going back there some day?
    dos de los cazas no volvieron two of the fighters failed to return
    vete y no vuelvas más get out and don't ever come back
    volvió muy cambiada she came back o returned a different person
    ¿cuándo piensas volver por aquí? when do you think you'll be o get o come back this way?
    ha vuelto con su familia she's gone back to her family
    no sé cómo consiguió volver I don't know how he managed to get back
    volver A algo:
    nunca volvió a Alemania she never went back to o returned to Germany
    no había vuelto a su pueblo desde que era pequeño he hadn't been back to his home town since he was a child
    logró volver al campamento she managed to get back to the camp
    ¿cuándo vuelves al colegio? when do you go back to school?
    volver DE algo:
    ¿cuándo volviste de las vacaciones? when did you get back from your vacation?
    ¿sabes si ha vuelto de Roma? do you know if she's back from Rome?
    volvieron del lugar del accidente they returned o came back from the scene of the accident
    siempre vuelve cansado del trabajo he's always tired when he gets o comes home from work
    volver atrás (en un viaje) to go o turn back; (al pasado) to turn back the clock
    veo que no han entendido, volvamos atrás I can see you haven't understood, let's go back over it again
    vuelve y juega … ( Col fam); here we go again … ( colloq)
    B
    1 (a una situación, una actividad) volver A algo to return TO sth
    el país ha vuelto a la normalidad the country is back to o has returned to normal
    está pensando en volver al mundo del espectáculo she's thinking of returning to o making a comeback in show business
    2 (a un tema) volver A algo:
    volviendo a lo que hablábamos… to go back to what we were talking about…
    ya volvemos a lo de siempre so we're back to the same old problem
    siempre vuelve al mismo tema he always comes back to the same subject
    C
    1 (repetirse) «momento» to return
    aquellos días felices que no volverán those happy days that will never return
    2 «calma/paz» to return volver A algo:
    la paz ha vuelto a la zona peace has returned to the area, the area is peaceful again
    la normalidad ha vuelto a la fábrica the situation at the factory is back to normal
    D
    volver en sí to come to o round
    trataban de hacerlo volver en sí they were trying to bring him round
    E ( Méx) (vomitar) to be sick
    volver A + INF:
    no volverá a ocurrir it won't happen again
    no hemos vuelto a verlo we haven't seen him since
    no volvió a probar el alcohol she never drank alcohol again
    me volvió a llenar el vaso she refilled my glass
    lo tuve que volver a llevar al taller I had to take it back to the workshop
    ■ volver
    vt
    1 ‹colchón/tortilla/filete› to turn, turn over; ‹tierra› to turn o dig over
    2 ‹calcetín/chaqueta› to turn … inside out; ‹cuello› to turn
    vuelve la manga, que la tienes del revés pull the sleeve out, you've got it inside out
    3
    volver la página or hoja to turn the page, turn over
    4 ‹cabeza/ojos›
    volvió la cabeza para ver quién la seguía she turned her head o she looked around to see who was following her
    volvió los ojos/la mirada hacia mí he turned his eyes/his gaze toward(s) me
    volver la mirada hacia el pasado to look back to the past
    5 ‹esquina› to turn
    está ahí, nada más volver la esquina it's up there, just around the corner
    B (convertir en, poner) to make
    la ha vuelto muy egoísta it has made her very selfish
    la televisión los está volviendo tontos television is turning them into morons
    lo vuelve de otro color it turns it a different color
    C
    ( Méx): volver el estómago to be sick
    A (darse la vuelta, girar) to turn, turn around
    se volvió para ver quién la llamaba she turned (around) to see who was calling her
    se volvió hacia él she turned to face him
    no te vuelvas, que nos siguen don't look back, we're being followed
    se volvió de espaldas he turned his back on me/her/them
    volverse boca arriba/abajo to turn over onto one's back/stomach
    volverse atrás to back out
    volverse contra algn to turn against sb
    B
    (convertirse en, ponerse): últimamente se ha vuelto muy antipática she's become very unpleasant recently
    el partido se ha vuelto más radical the party has grown o become more radical
    su mirada se volvió triste his expression saddened o grew sad
    se está volviendo muy quisquillosa she's getting very fussy
    se vuelve agrio it turns o goes sour
    se volvió loca she went mad
    * * *

     

    volver ( conjugate volver) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( regresaral lugar donde se está) to come back;
    (— a otro lugar) to go back;

    ¿cómo vas a volver? how are you getting back?;
    ha vuelto con su familia she's gone back to her family;
    volver a algo ‹ a un lugar› to go back to sth;

    a una situación/actividad› to return to sth;

    quiere volver al mundo del espectáculo he wants to return to show business;
    volviendo a lo que decía … to get o go back to what I was saying …;
    ¿cuándo volviste de las vacaciones? when did you get back from your vacation?;
    ha vuelto de París she's back from Paris
    2 [calma/paz] to return;
    volver a algo to return to sth
    3
    volver en sí to come to o round

    volver v aux:
    volver a empezar to start again o (AmE) over;

    no volverá a ocurrir it won't happen again;
    lo tuve que volver a llevar al taller I had to take it back to the workshop
    verbo transitivo
    1 ( dar la vuelta)
    a)colchón/tortilla to turn (over);

    tierra› to turn o dig over;
    calcetín/chaqueta› ( ponerdel revés) to turn … inside out;
    (— del derecho) to turn … the right way round;
    cuello to turn;

    b) cabeza to turn;


    c) esquina to turn

    2 (convertir en, poner):

    me está volviendo loca it's/he's/she's driving me mad
    3 (Méx)

    volverse verbo pronominal
    1 ( girar) to turn (around);

    no te vuelvas, que nos están siguiendo don't look back, we're being followed;
    se volvió de espaldas he turned his back on me (o her etc);
    volverse boca arriba/abajo to turn over onto one's back/stomach
    2 (convertirse en, ponerse):

    se vuelve agrio it turns o goes sour;
    se volvió loca she went mad
    volver
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (retornar, regresar: hacia el hablante) to return, come back: volveremos mañana, we'll come back tomorrow
    (: a otro sitio) to return, go back: volvió a su casa, she went back to her home
    2 (: una acción, situación, etc) volveremos sobre ese asunto esta tarde, we'll come back to that subject this afternoon
    (expresando repetición) lo volvió a hacer, he did it again
    volver a empezar, to start again o US over
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (dar la vuelta: a una tortilla, etc) to turn over
    (a un calcetín, etc) to turn inside out
    (a la esquina, la página) to turn
    (la mirada, etc) to turn 2 volverle la espalda a alguien, to turn one's back on sb
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar figurado (superar un gran peligro) volver a nacer: sobrevivió al naufragio, ha vuelto a nacer, he survived the shipwreck miraculously
    volver en sí, to come round
    volver la vista atrás, (mirar al pasado) to look back
    volver a alguien loco: me está volviendo loco, she's driving me mad o crazy
    ' volver' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ambages
    - andadas
    - carga
    - clara
    - claro
    - emocionante
    - enajenar
    - entenderse
    - escopetazo
    - espalda
    - estragos
    - garantizar
    - grupa
    - hervir
    - idea
    - imperiosa
    - imperioso
    - indisponer
    - loca
    - loco
    - mentalizarse
    - mico
    - normalizar
    - placer
    - recalentar
    - rellenar
    - repasar
    - repetir
    - resentirse
    - retroceder
    - soler
    - soñar
    - tornar
    - trastornar
    - venir
    - vista
    - arreglar
    - cuidar
    - empezar
    - endurecer
    - gana
    - hacer
    - poder
    - rehacer
    - tal
    - vuelto
    - vuelva
    English:
    again
    - ask back
    - before
    - call back
    - circle
    - clock
    - come back
    - come round
    - come to
    - despair
    - double back
    - drive
    - get back
    - go back
    - go back to
    - insane
    - lapse
    - live through
    - look round
    - mad
    - make
    - mind
    - move back
    - nuts
    - paint over
    - put back
    - rake up
    - re-enter
    - re-erect
    - reapply
    - reappoint
    - reassemble
    - reassess
    - reconvene
    - reimpose
    - rekindle
    - remarry
    - render
    - reoccupy
    - reopen
    - repeat
    - replace
    - replay
    - replenish
    - reread
    - rerun
    - reschedule
    - resit
    - restock
    - resume
    * * *
    vt
    1. [dar la vuelta a] to turn round;
    [lo de arriba abajo] to turn over; [lo de dentro fuera] to turn inside out;
    vuelve la tele hacia aquí, que la veamos turn the TV round this way so we can see it;
    ayúdame a volver el colchón help me turn the mattress over;
    volver la hoja o [m5] página to turn the page;
    al volver la esquina when we turned the corner
    2. [cabeza, ojos, mirada] to turn;
    vuelve la espalda turn your back to me
    3. [convertir en]
    eso lo volvió un delincuente that made him a criminal, that turned him into a criminal;
    la lejía volvió blanca la camisa the bleach turned the shirt white
    4. Méx
    volver el estómago to throw up
    vi
    1. [persona] [ir de vuelta] to go back, to return;
    [venir de vuelta] to come back, to return;
    yo allí/aquí no vuelvo I'm not going back there/coming back here;
    vuelve, no te vayas come back, don't go;
    ¿cuándo has vuelto? when did you get back?;
    al volver pasé por el supermercado I stopped off at the supermarket on the o my way back;
    no vuelvas tarde don't be late (back);
    ya he vuelto a casa I'm back home;
    volver atrás to go back;
    cuando vuelva del trabajo when I get back from work;
    aún no ha vuelto del trabajo she isn't back o hasn't got back from work yet;
    ha vuelto muy morena de la playa she's come back from the seaside with a nice tan
    2. [mal tiempo, alegría, tranquilidad] to return;
    cuando vuelva el verano when it's summer again;
    todo volvió a la normalidad everything went back o returned to normal;
    vuelve la minifalda miniskirts are back
    3. [reanudar]
    volver a la tarea to return to one's work;
    volver al trabajo/al colegio to go back to work/school;
    volviendo al tema que nos ocupa… to go back to the matter we are discussing…;
    vuelve a leerlo read it again;
    tras el verano volvió a dar clases en la universidad once the summer was over she started teaching at the university again;
    vuelve a dormirte go back to sleep;
    volver con alguien [reanudar relación] to go back to sb;
    volver a nacer to be reborn
    4.
    volver en sí to come to, to regain consciousness
    * * *
    <part vuelto>
    I v/t
    1 página, mirada etc turn (a to;
    hacia toward); tortilla, filete turn (over); vestido turn inside outXXX; boca abajo turn upside down
    2
    :
    volver loco drive crazy;
    el humo volvío negra la pared the smoke turned the wall black, the smoke made the wall go black
    II v/i
    1 return, go/come back;
    volver a casa go/come back home;
    ¿cuándo vuelven? when do they get back?;
    volver sobre algo return to sth, go back to sth;
    volver a la normalidad return to normality
    2
    :
    volver en sí come to, come around
    3
    :
    volver a hacer algo do sth again;
    volver a fumar start smoking again
    * * *
    volver {89} vi
    1) : to return, to come or go back
    volver a casa: to return home
    2) : to revert
    volver al tema: to get back to the subject
    3)
    volver a : to do again
    volvieron a llamar: they called again
    4)
    volver en sí : to come to, to regain consciousness
    volver vt
    1) : to turn, to turn over, to turn inside out
    2) : to return, to repay, to restore
    3) : to cause, to make
    la volvía loca: it was driving her crazy
    * * *
    volver vb
    1. (regresar) to come back [pt. came; pp. come] / to go back
    2. (repetir)... again
    ¿puedes volver a decirlo? can you say that again?
    3. (dar la vuelta a) to turn over / to turn

    Spanish-English dictionary > volver

  • 62 प्रकृतिः _prakṛtiḥ

    प्रकृतिः f.
    1 The natural condition or state of any- thing, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.'
    -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below.
    -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1.
    -4 Extrac- tion, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7.
    -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24.
    -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential quali- ties सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5.
    -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19.
    -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5.
    -9 A woman.
    -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1.
    -11 The male or female organ of generation.
    -12 A mother.
    -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier.
    -14 (In ana- tomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33.
    -15 An animal.
    -16 An artisan.
    -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16.
    -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4.
    -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.)
    1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31.
    -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1.
    -3 The constituent ele- ments of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 ter- ritory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citi- zens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak.
    -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explana- tion see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157).
    -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3.
    -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17.
    -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4.
    -ईशः a king or magistrate.
    -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature.
    -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5.
    -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण.
    - a. innate, inborn, natural.
    - तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3.
    -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ).
    -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6.
    -2 a standard or model of a man.
    -षौ nature and spirit.
    -भाव a. natural, usual. (
    -वः) natural or original state.
    -भोजनम् usual food.
    -मण्डलम् the whole ter- ritory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2.
    -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe.
    -विकृतिः mutation of the original form.
    -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3.
    -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52.
    -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17.
    -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21.
    -3 healthy, in good health.
    -4 recovered.
    -5 come to oneself.
    -6 stripped of every- thing, bare.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रकृतिः _prakṛtiḥ

  • 63 reprendre

    reprendre [ʀ(ə)pʀɑ̃dʀ]
    ➭ TABLE 58
    1. transitive verb
       a. [+ ville, prisonnier] to recapture ; [+ employé, objet prêté] to take back
    passer reprendre qn to go back or come back for sb
       b. [+ plat] to have some more
    voulez-vous reprendre des légumes ? would you like some more vegetables?
       c. ( = retrouver) [+ espoir, droits, forces] to regain
    reprendre confiance/courage to regain one's confidence/courage
    reprendre haleine or son souffle to get one's breath back
       d. [+ marchandise] to take back ; (contre un nouvel achat) to take in part exchange ; [+ fonds de commerce, entreprise] to take over
       e. ( = recommencer, poursuivre) [+ travaux, études, fonctions, lutte] to resume ; [+ livre, lecture] to go back to ; [+ conversation, récit] to carry on with ; [+ promenade] to continue ; [+ hostilités] to reopen ; [+ pièce de théâtre] to put on again
    reprendre la route [voyageur] to set off again ; [routier] to go back on the road again
    reprendre le travail (après maladie, grève) to go back to work ; (après le repas) to get back to work
       f. ( = saisir à nouveau) ses douleurs l'ont repris he is in pain again
    ça le reprend ! there he goes again!
       g. ( = attraper à nouveau) to catch again
    que je ne t'y reprenne pas ! (menace) don't let me catch you doing that again!
       h. ( = retoucher) [+ tableau] to touch up ; [+ article, chapitre] to go over again ; [+ manteau] to alter ; (trop grand) to take in ; (trop petit) to let out ; (trop long) to take up ; (trop court) to let down
       i. [+ élève] to correct ; (pour faute de langue) to pull up
       j. [+ refrain] to take up
       k. [+ idée, suggestion] to use again
    2. intransitive verb
       a. [plante] to recover ; [affaires] to pick up
       b. [bruit, pluie, incendie, grève] to start again ; [fièvre, douleur] to come back again
    l'école reprend or les cours reprennent le 5 septembre school starts again on 5 September
       c. ( = dire) « ce n'est pas moi », reprit-il "it's not me," he went on
    3. reflexive verb
       a. ( = se corriger) to correct o.s. ; ( = s'interrompre) to stop o.s.
    il allait plaisanter, il s'est repris à temps he was going to make a joke but he stopped himself in time
       c. ( = se ressaisir) to get a grip on o.s.
    * * *
    ʀ(ə)pʀɑ̃dʀ
    1.

    reprendre du pain/vin — to have some more bread/wine

    2) ( prendre de nouveau) to pick [something] up again [objet, outil]; to take [something] back [cadeau, objet prêté]; to recapture [ville, fugitif]; to go back on [parole, promesse]; ( aller chercher) to pick [somebody/something] up, to collect [personne, voiture]

    reprendre sa place — ( son siège) to go back to one's seat

    3) ( accepter de nouveau) to take [somebody] on again [employé]; Commerce to take [something] back [article]; ( contre un nouvel achat) to take [something] in part GB ou partial US exchange
    4) ( recommencer) to resume [promenade, récit, fonctions, études]; to pick up [something] again, to go back to [journal, tricot]; to take up [something] again [lutte]; to revive [pièce, tradition]

    reprendre le travail — (après un congé, une grève) to go back to work

    tu reprends le train à quelle heure? — ( de retour) what time is your train back?

    5) ( acquérir) to take over [cabinet, commerce, entreprise]

    on ne me reprendra plus à lui rendre service! — you won't catch me doing him/her any favours [BrE] again!

    7) ( recouvrer)
    8) ( retoucher) to alter [vêtement, couture]
    9) ( utiliser de nouveau) to take up [idée, politique]
    10) ( répéter) to repeat [argument]; to take up [slogan, chant]

    reprenons à la vingtième mesureMusique let's take it again from bar 20

    reprendre la leçon précédenteÉcole to go over the previous lesson again

    11) ( corriger) to correct [élève]
    12) ( resurgir)

    voilà que ça le reprend! — (colloq) there he goes again!


    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( retrouver sa vigueur) [commerce, affaires] to pick up again; [plante] to recover
    2) ( recommencer) [cours, bombardements] to start again; [négociations] to resume

    nos émissions reprendront à 7 heures — Radio, Télévision we shall be back on the air at 7 o'clock

    3) ( continuer)

    ‘c'est bien étrange,’ reprit-il — ‘it's very strange,’ he continued


    3.
    se reprendre verbe pronominal
    1) ( se corriger) to correct oneself
    2) ( se ressaisir) [personne] to pull oneself together
    * * *
    ʀ(ə)pʀɑ̃dʀ
    1. vt
    1) [prisonnier, ville] to recapture
    2) [objet prêté, donné] to take back

    Il a repris son livre. — He's taken his book back.

    3) (= chercher)

    je viendrai te reprendre à 4 h — I'll come and fetch you at 4, I'll come back for you at 4

    4) (= se resservir de)

    reprendre du pain — to take more bread, to have more bread

    reprendre un œuf — to take another egg, to have another egg

    5) COMMERCE (= racheter) [article usagé] to take back, (sous condition d'achat) to take in part exchange, [firme, entreprise] to take over
    6) (après une interruption) [travail, promenade] to resume, [rôle, poste] to take up again

    reprendre la route — to resume one's journey, to set off again

    7) (= emprunter) [argument, idée] to take up, to use
    8) [article] to rework
    9) [jupe] to alter
    10) [émission, pièce] to put on again
    11) [chanson, refrain] to take up again
    12) [personne] (= corriger) to correct, to pick up, (= réprimander) to tell off

    Elle le reprend sur les fautes qu'il fait le plus souvent. — She picks him up on the mistakes he makes most often., She corrects him on the mistakes he makes most often.

    Elle le reprend constamment. — She's always telling him off.

    13) (= recouvrer)

    reprendre connaissance — to come to, to regain consciousness

    reprendre haleine; reprendre son souffle — to get one's breath back

    2. vi
    1) [classes, pluie] to start again, [activités, travaux, combats] to resume, to start again

    La réunion reprendra à deux heures. — The meeting will resume at two o'clock., The meeting will start again at two o'clock.

    2) [affaires, industrie] to pick up
    3) (= dire)
    * * *
    reprendre verb table: prendre
    A vtr
    1 ( se resservir) reprendre du pain/vin to have some more bread/wine; je reprendrais bien de ce ragoût I would love some more (of that) stew; reprenez un peu de poulet have some more chicken; j'en ai repris deux fois I had three helpings;
    2 ( prendre de nouveau) to pick up again [objet, outil]; to take [sth] back [cadeau, objet prêté]; to retake, to recapture [ville]; to recapture [fugitif]; to go back on [parole, promesse]; ( aller chercher) to pick [sb/sth] up, to collect [personne, voiture]; il reprit son balai et continua son travail he picked up his broom again and carried on GB ou continued with his work; tu passes me reprendre à quelle heure? what time will you come back for me?; reprendre sa place ( son siège) to go back to one's seat; reprendre sa place de numéro un/deux to regain one's position as number one/two; j'ai repris les kilos que j'avais perdus I've put back on the weight I'd lost; reprendre son nom de jeune fille to revert to one's maiden name;
    3 ( accepter de nouveau) to take [sb] on again [employé]; to take [sb] back [mari, élève]; Comm to take [sth] back [article]; ( contre un nouvel achat) to take [sth] in part GB ou partial US exchange; si on me reprend ma vieille voiture if I can trade in my old car, if they take my old car in part exchange; les marchandises ne sont ni reprises ni échangées goods cannot be returned or exchanged;
    4 ( recommencer) to resume, to continue [promenade, récit, conversation]; to pick up [sth] again, to go back to [journal, tricot]; to take up [sth] again, to resume [fonctions, études]; to take up [sth] again [lutte]; to reopen [hostilités]; to revive [pièce, opéra, tradition]; reprendre le travail or son service (après un congé, une grève) to go back to work; on quitte à midi et on reprend à 14 heures we stop at 12 and start again at 2; ils ont repris les travaux de rénovation the renovation work has started again ou has resumed; reprendre sa lecture to go back to one's book, to resume one's reading; reprendre (le chemin de) l'école to go back to school; on reprend le bateau ce soir ( après une escale) we're sailing again tonight; ( pour le retour) we're sailing back tonight; tu reprends le train à quelle heure? ( de retour) what time is your train back?; reprendre la parole to start speaking again; reprendre le fil de son discours/ses pensées to carry on with one's speech/one's original train of thought; reprendre le fil de la conversation to pick up the thread of conversation; reprendre une histoire au début to go back to the beginning of a story; reprendre les arguments un à un to go over the arguments one by one;
    5 ( acquérir) to take over [cabinet, commerce, entreprise]; reprendre une affaire à son compte to take over a firm, to take a firm over;
    6 ( surprendre de nouveau) reprendre qn à faire qch to catch sb doing sth again; que je ne t'y reprenne plus! don't let me catch you doing that again!; on ne m'y reprendra plus you won't catch me doing that again; on ne me reprendra plus à lui rendre service! you won't catch me doing him/her any favoursGB again!;
    7 ( recouvrer) reprendre confiance to regain one's confidence; reprendre ses vieilles habitudes to get back into one's old ways; la nature reprend ses droits nature reasserts itself; elle a repris sa liberté she's a free woman again; ⇒ bête;
    8 ( retoucher) to alter [vêtement, couture]; Constr to repair [mur]; reprendre le travail de qn to correct sb's work; reprendre cinq centimètres en longueur/largeur Cout to take sth up/in 5 cm; il y a tout à reprendre dans ce chapitre the whole chapter needs re-writing;
    9 ( utiliser de nouveau) to take up [idée, thèse, politique]; Littérat to re-work [intrigue, thème]; reprendre une thèse à son compte to adopt a theory as one's own;
    10 ( répéter) to repeat [argument]; to take up [slogan, chant]; reprenons à la vingtième mesure Mus let's take it again from bar 20; reprendre la leçon précédente Scol to go over the previous lesson again; tous les médias ont repris la nouvelle all the media took up the report; pour reprendre le vieil adage as the saying goes;
    11 ( corriger) to correct [élève]; ( pour langage grossier) to pull [sb] up; permettez-moi de vous reprendre excuse me, but that is not correct;
    12 ( resurgir) mon mal de dents m'a repris my toothache has come back; la jalousie le reprend he's feeling jealous again; les soupçons le reprirent he began to feel suspicious again; voilà que ça le reprend! iron there he goes again!
    B vi
    1 ( retrouver sa vigueur) [commerce, affaires] to pick up again; [plante] to recover, to pick up; les affaires ont du mal à reprendre business is only picking up slowly; mon camélia reprend bien ( après une maladie) my camellia is recovering nicely; ( après transplantation) my camellia has taken nicely; la vie reprend peu à peu life is gradually getting back to normal;
    2 ( recommencer) [école, cours, bombardement, bruit, pluie] to start again; [négociations] to resume; le froid a repris it's turned cold again; la pluie a repris it's started raining again; nos émissions reprendront à 7 heures Radio, TV we shall be back at 7 o'clock;
    3 ( continuer) ‘c'est bien étrange,’ reprit-il ‘it's very strange,’ he continued.
    1 ( se corriger) to correct oneself; se reprendre à temps to stop oneself in time;
    2 ( se ressaisir) [personne] to pull oneself together; Fin [action, titre] to rally, to pick up;
    3 ( recommencer) s'y reprendre à trois fois pour faire qch to make three attempts to do ou at doing sth; j'ai dû m'y reprendre à plusieurs fois pour allumer le feu it took me several attempts to get the fire going; il se reprend à penser/espérer que c'est possible he's gone back to thinking/hoping it might be possible; se reprendre à craindre le pire to begin to fear the worst again.
    [rəprɑ̃dr] verbe transitif
    1. [saisir à nouveau - objet] to pick up (separable) again, to take again
    2. [s'emparer à nouveau de - position, ville] to retake, to recapture ; [ - prisonnier] to recapture, to catch again
    3. [suj: maladie, doutes] to take hold of again
    ça y est, ça le reprend! there he goes again!
    4. [aller rechercher - personne] to pick up (separable) ; [ - objet] to get back (separable), to collect
    [remporter] to take back (separable)
    tu peux reprendre ton parapluie, je n'en ai plus besoin I don't need your umbrella anymore, you can take it back
    je te reprendrai à la sortie de l'école I'll pick you up ou I'll collect you ou I'll come and fetch you after school
    5. [réengager - employé] to take ou to have back (separable)
    [réadmettre - élève] to take ou to have back
    6. [retrouver - un état antérieur] to go back to
    reprendre courage to regain ou to recover courage
    si tu le fais sécher à plat, il reprendra sa forme if you dry it flat, it'll regain its shape ou it'll get its shape back
    7. [à table]
    [chez un commerçant] to have ou to take more (of)
    8. [recommencer, se remettre à - recherche, combat] to resume ; [ - projet] to take up again ; [ - enquête] to restart, to reopen ; [ - lecture] to go back to, to resume ; [ - hostilités] to resume, to reopen ; [ - discussion, voyage] to resume, to carry on (with), to continue
    reprendre ses études to take up one's studies again, to resume one's studies
    je reprends l'école le 15 septembre I start school again ou I go back to school on September 15th
    a. [après des vacances] to go back to work, to start work again
    b. [après une pause] to get back to work, to start work again
    c. [après une grève] to go back to work
    reprendre la plume/la caméra/le pinceau to take up one's pen/movie camera/brush once more
    reprendre la route ou son chemin to set off again, to resume one's journey
    9. [répéter - texte] to read again ; [ - argument, passage musical] to repeat ; [ - refrain] to take up (separable)
    a. [que j'avais déjà chanté] when I took on the part of Tosca again
    b. [que je n'avais jamais chanté] when I took on ou over the part of Tosca
    [récapituler - faits] to go over (inseparable) again
    10. [dire] to go ou to carry on
    "et lui?", reprit-elle "what about him?" she went on
    11. COMMERCE [article refusé] to take back (separable)
    nous vous reprenons votre vieux salon pour tout achat de plus de 2000 euros your old lounge suite accepted in part exchange for any purchase over 2,000 euros
    ils m'ont repris ma voiture pour 1000 euros I traded my car in for 1,000 euros
    [prendre à son compte - cabinet, boutique] to take over (separable)
    12. [adopter - idée, programme politique] to take up (separable)
    13. [modifier - texte] to rework, to go over (inseparable) again ; [ - peinture] to touch up (separable)
    c'était parfait, je n'ai rien eu à reprendre it was perfect, I didn't have to make a single correction ou alteration
    COUTURE [généralement] to alter
    [rétrécir] to take in
    [en tricot]
    14. [réprimander] to pull up, to reprimand (soutenu), to tell off (separable)
    [corriger] to correct, to pull up (separable)
    15. [surprendre]
    ————————
    [rəprɑ̃dr] verbe intransitif
    1. [s'améliorer - affaires] to improve, to recover, to pick ou to look up
    [repousser - plante] to pick up, to recover
    2. [recommencer - lutte] to start (up) again, to resume ; [ - pluie, vacarme] to start (up) again ; [ - cours, école] to start again, to resume ; [ - feu] to rekindle ; [ - fièvre, douleur] to return, to start again
    3. [retourner au travail - employé] to start again
    ————————
    se reprendre verbe pronominal intransitif
    [retrouver son calme] to settle down
    2. SPORT [au cours d'un match] to make a recovery, to rally
    après un mauvais début de saison, il s'est très bien repris he started the season badly but has come back strongly ou has staged a good comeback
    3. [se ressaisir - après une erreur] to correct oneself
    ————————
    se reprendre à verbe pronominal plus préposition

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > reprendre

  • 64 རྐྱེན་

    [rkyen]
    secondary condition, certain conditions, contributory forces, sufficient condition, relation, contributory cause, aftermath, circumstance, hazard, incident, cause-factor (determines how the whole thing will operate), -> dmigs pa'i rkyen, -> lhan cig byed pa'i rkyen, -> rgyu'i rkyen, mtshungs pa de ma thag pa'i rkyen, dmigs pa'i rkyen, bdag po'i rkyen, lhan cig byed pa'i rkyen, cooperating influence which shapes event, pathological or secondary cause of disease, effect, occurrence, incident, event, misfortune, ill-luck, calamity, circumstantial influences

    Tibetan-English dictionary > རྐྱེན་

  • 65 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 66 FARA

    go
    * * *
    (fer; fór, fórum; farinn), v.
    1) to move, pass along, go;
    gekk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went;
    fara heim (heiman), to go home (from home);
    fara á fund e-s to visit one;
    fjöld ek fór, I travelled much;
    hann sagði, hversu orð fóru með þeim, what words passed between them;
    absol., to go begging (ómagar, er þar eigu at fara í því þingi);
    2) with ‘ferð, leið’ or the like added in acc., gen., or dat.;
    fara leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey (= fara ferðar sinnar or ferða sinna, fara ferð sina, fara för sina, förum sínum);
    fara þessa ferð, to make this journey;
    fara fullum dagleiðum, to travel a full days journeys;
    fara stefnuför, to go a-summoning;
    fara bónorðsför, to go a-wooing;
    fara sigrför, to go on the path of victory, to triumph;
    fara góða för, to make a lucky journey;
    fig., fara ósigr, to be defeated;
    fara mikinn skaða, to suffer great damage;
    fara hneykju, skömm, to incur disgrace;
    fara erendleysu, to fail in one’s errand;
    with the road in acc. (fara fjöll ok dala);
    3) fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode;
    fara eldi ok arni, to move one’s hearth and fire;
    4) fara einn saman, to go alone;
    fara eigi ein saman, to go with child (= fara með barni);
    5) with infin.;
    fara sofa, to go to sleep (allir menn vóru sofa farnir);
    fara vega, to go to fight;
    fara leita, to go seeking (var leita farit);
    6) with an a., etc.;
    fara villr, to go astray;
    fara haltr, to walk lame;
    fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind;
    fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of;
    fara andvígr e-m, to give battle;
    fara leyniliga (leynt), to be kept secret;
    eigi má þetta svá fara, this cannot go on in that way;
    fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means;
    fór þat fjarri, at ek vilda, I was far from desiring it;
    7) to turn out, end;
    fór þat sem líkligt var, it turned out as was likely (viz. ended ill);
    svá fór, at, the end was, that;
    ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess;
    á sómu leið fór um aðra sendimenn, it went the same way with the other messengers;
    8) to fare well, ill;
    biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell;
    9) to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair (ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn; hárit fór vel);
    impers., fór illa á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse;
    10) impers., e-m ferr vel, illa, one behaves or acts well, ill;
    honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter;
    e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way;
    11) fara e-t höndum, to touch with the hands, esp. of a healing touch, = fara höndum um e-t (bið hann fara höndum meinit);
    fara land herskildi, brandi, to visit a land with ‘warshield’, with fire, to ravage or devastate it (gekk síðan á land upp með liði sínu ok fór alit herskildi);
    12) to overtake (Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok gat farit sveininn);
    tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun;
    áðr hana Fenrir fari, before F. overtakes her;
    13) to ill-treat, treat cruelly;
    menn sá ek þá, er mjök höfðu hungri farit hörund, that had chastened their flesh with much fasting;
    14) to put an end to, destroy;
    fara sér (sjálfr), to kill oneself;
    fara lífi (fjörvi) e-s, to deprive one of life;
    þú hefir sigr vegit ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, killed F.;
    15) to forfeit (fara löndum ok lausafé);
    16) refl., farast;
    17) with preps. and advs.:
    fara af klæðum, to take off one’s clothes;
    fara at e-m, to make an attack upon, to assault (eigi mundi í annat sinn vænna at fara at jarlinum);
    fara at e-u, to mind, pay heed to;
    ekki fer ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár (it does not matter to me, I do not care, though);
    to deal with a thing, proceed in a certain way;
    fara at lögum, úlögum, to proceed lawfully, unlawfully;
    fara mjúkliga at, to proceed gently;
    hér skulu við fara at með ráðum, act with, deliberation;
    impers. with dat., to do, behave;
    illa hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly; to go in pusuit (search) of (víkingar nökkurir þeir sem fóru at féföngum);
    fara at fuglaveiðum, to go a-fowling;
    fara at fé, to tend sheep;
    fara á e-n, to come upon one;
    sigu saman augu, þá er dauðinn fór á, when death seized him;
    fara á hæl or hæli, to step back, retreat;
    fara eptir e-m, to follow one;
    fara eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (Snorri goði fór eptir líkinu; fara eptir vatni); to accommodate oneself to, conform to (engi vildi eptir öðrum fara);
    þau orð er eptir fara, the following words;
    fara fram, to go on, take place;
    ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place;
    veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well;
    spyrr, hvat þar fœri fram, he asked, what was going on there;
    fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice;
    allt mun þat sínu fram fara, it will take its own course;
    kváðu þat engu gegna ok fóru sínu fram, took their own way;
    segir honum, hversu þeir fóru fram, how they acted;
    fara e-t fram, to do., perform a thing;
    spyrr hann, hvat nú sé fram faranda, what is to be done;
    fara fyrir e-t, to pass for, be taken for (fari sá fyrir níðing, er);
    fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself;
    fara í e-t, to go into (fara í tunnu);
    fara í sæng, rekkju, to go to bed;
    fara í sess sinn, sæti sitt, to take one’s seat;
    fara í klæði, to put on clothes, dress;
    fara í vápn, brynju, to put on armour;
    fara í lag, to go right or straight again (þá fóru brýnn hans í lag);
    fara í vöxt, to increase;
    fara í þurð, to wane;
    fara í hernað, víking, to go a-freebooting;
    nú ferr í úvænt efni, now matters look hopeless;
    to happen, occur (alit þat, er í hafði farit um nóttina);
    fara með e-t, to wield handle, manage;
    fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded (the spear) Gungnir;
    fara með goðorð, to hold a goðorð;
    fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit;
    to practice, deal in;
    fara með rán, to deal in robbery;
    fara með spott ok háð, to go scoffing and mocking;
    fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, to practice sorcery;
    to deal with, treat, handle (þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara);
    fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret;
    fara með e-m, to go with one, follow one (ek skal með yðr fara með allan minn styrk);
    fara með e-u, to do (so and so) with a thing, to deal with, manage;
    hvernig þeir skyldu fara með vápnum sínum, what they were to do with their weapons;
    sá maðr, er með arfinum ferr, who manages the inheritance;
    fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case;
    fara vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well;
    undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, these monks behave strangely;
    fara með barni, to go with child;
    impers., ferr með þeim heldr fáliga, they are on indifferent terms;
    fara ór landi, to leave the country;
    fara ór klæðum, fötum, to take off one’s clothes, undress;
    fara saman, to go together; to shake, shudder;
    fór en forna fold öll saman, shivered all through;
    to concur, agree (hversu má þat saman f);
    fara til svefns, to go to sleep (= fara at sofa);
    fara um e-t, to travel over (fara um fjall);
    fara höndum um e-n, to stroke or touch one with the hands (hann fór höndum um þá, er sjúkir vóru);
    fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject;
    fara myrkt um e-t, to keep a matter dark;
    fara undan, to excuse oneself (from doing a thing), to decline, refuse (hvat berr til, at þú ferr undan at gera mér veizluna);
    borð fara upp, the tables are removed;
    fara út, to go from Norway to Iceland; to come to a close, run out (fóru svá út þessir fimm vetr);
    fara útan, to go abroad (from Iceland);
    fara við e-n, to treat one, deal with one in a certain way;
    margs á, ek minnast, hve við mik fóruð, I have many things to remember of your dealings with me;
    fara yfir e-t, to go through;
    nú er yfir farit um landnám, now an account of the settlements has been given;
    skjótt yfir at fara, to be brief.
    * * *
    pret. fóra, 2nd pers. fórt, mod. fórst, pl. fóru; pres. ferr, 2nd pers. ferr, in mod. pronunciation ferð; pret. subj. færa; imperat. far and farðu (= far þú); sup. farit; part. farinn; with the suffixed neg. fór-a, Am. 45; farið-a ( depart not), Hkr. i. 115 MS. (in a verse). [In the Icel. scarcely any other verb is in so freq. use as fara, as it denotes any motion; not so in other Teut. idioms; in Ulf. faran is only used once, viz. Luke x. 7; Goth. farjan means to sail, and this seems to be the original sense of fara (vide far); A. S. faran; the Germ. fahren and Engl. fare are used in a limited sense; in the Engl. Bible this word never occurs (Cruden); Swed. fara; Dan. fare.]
    A. NEUT. to go, fare, travel, in the widest sense; gékk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went, Hkr. i. 100; né ek flý þó ek ferr, I fly not though I fare, Edda (in a verse); létt er lauss at fara (a proverb), Sl. 37: the saying, verðr hverr með sjálfum sér lengst at fara, Gísl. 25; cp. ‘dass von sich selbst der Mensch nicht scheiden kann’ (Göthe’s Tasso), or the Lat. ‘patriae quis exul se quoque fugit?’ usually in the sense to go, to depart, heill þú farir, heill þú aptr komir, Vþm. 4; but also to come, far þú hingat til mín, come here, Nj. 2.
    2. to travel, go forth or through, pass, or the like; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ, Nj. 74; fara ór landi, to fare forth from one’s country, Fms. v. 24; kjóll ferr austan, Vsp. 51; Surtr ferr sunnan, 52; snjór var mikill, ok íllt at fara, and ill to pass, Fms. ix. 491; fóru þeir út eptir ánni, Eg. 81; siðan fór Egill fram með skóginum, 531; þeim sem hann vildi at færi … Njáll hét at fara, Nj. 49; fara munu vér, Eg. 579; Egill fór til þess er hann kom til Álfs. 577, Fms. xi. 122; fara þeir nú af melinum á sléttuna. Eg. 747; fara heiman, to fare forth from one’s home, K. Þ. K. 6; alls mik fara tíðir, Vþm. 1; fjölð ek fór, far I fared, i. e. travelled far, 3: the phrase, fara utan, to fare outwards, go abroad (from Iceland), passim; fara vestr um haf, to fare westward over the sea, i. e. to the British Isles, Hkr. i. 101; fara á fund e-s, to visit one, Ld. 62; fara at heimboði, to go to a feast, id.; fara fæti, to fare a-foot, go walking, Hkr.; absol. fara, to travel, beg, hence föru-maðr, a vagrant, beggar; in olden times the poor went their rounds from house to house within a certain district, cp. Grág. i. 85; ómagar er þar eigu at fara í því þingi eðr um þau þing, id.; ómagar skolu fara, 119; omegð þá er þar ferr, 296: in mod. usage, fara um and um-ferð, begging, going round.
    β. with prep.: fara at e-m, to make an inroad upon one, Nj. 93, 94, 102 (cp. at-för); fara á e-n, to mount, e. g. fara á bak, to mount on horseback; metaph., dauðinn fór á, death seized him, Fms. xi. 150; f. saman, to go together, Edda 121, Grág. ii. 256; f. saman also means to shudder. Germ. zusammenfahren, Hým. 24: metaph. to concur, agree, hversu má þat saman f., Nj. 192; þeim þótti þat mjök saman f., Fms. iv. 382; fara á hæl, or á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. step back. retreat, xi. 278, Eg. 296; fara undan, metaph. to excuse oneself, refuse (v. undan), Nj. 23, Fms. x. 227; fara fyrir, to proceed; fara eptir, to follow.
    3. with ferð, leið or the like added, in acc. or gen. to go one’s way; fara leiðar sinnar, to proceed on one’s journey, Eg. 81, 477, Fms. i. 10, Grág. ii. 119; fara ferðar sinnar, or ferða sinna, id.. Eg. 180, Fms. iv. 125; fara derð sina, id.. Eg. 568; fara förum sínum, or för sinní, id., K. Þ. K. 80, 90; fara dagfari ok náttfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203; fara fullum dagleiðum, to go full days-journeys, Grág. i. 91; or in a more special sense, fara þessa ferð, to make this journey, Fas. ii. 117; f. stefnu-för, to go a-summoning; f. bónorðs-för, to go a-courting, Nj. 148; f. sigr-för, to go on the way of victory, to triumph, Eg. 21; fara sendi-för, to go on a message, 540.
    β. in a metaph. sense; fara hneykju-för, to be shamefully beaten, Hrafn. 19 (MS.); fara ósigr, to be defeated, Eg. 287; fara mikinn skaða, to ‘fare’ (i. e. suffer) great damage, Karl. 43; fara því verrum förum, fara skömm, hneykju, erendleysu, úsæmð, to get the worst of it, Fms. viii. 125.
    4. with the road in acc.; hann fór Vánar-skarð, Landn. 226; f. sjó-veg, land-veg, K. Þ. K. 24; fór mörg lönd ok stórar merkr, Fas. ii. 540; fara sömu leið, Fms. i. 70; f. sama veg, Luke x. 31; f. fjöll ok dala, Barl. 104; fara út-leið, þjóð-leið, Fms. iv. 260; also, fara um veg, fara um fjall, to cross a fell, Hm. 3; fara liði, to march, Fms. i. 110.
    II. in a more indefinite sense, to go; fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode, Ld. 56, Hkr. ii. 177, Nj. 151, Vigl. 30; fara búferla, to more one’s household, Grág. ii. 409; fara vöflunarförum, to go a-begging, i. 163, 294, ii. 482.
    2. the phrases, fara eldi ok arni, a law term, to move one’s hearth and fire. Grág. ii. 253; fara eldi um land, a heathen rite for taking possession of land, defined in Landn. 276. cp. Eb. 8, Landn. 189, 284.
    3. fara einn-saman, to be alone. Grág. ii. 9; the phrase, f. eigi einn-saman, to be not alone, i. e. with child, Fms. iii. 109; or, fór hón með svein þann, Bs. i. 437; cp. ganga með barni.
    4. adding an adj., to denote gait, pace, or the like; fara snúðigt, to stride haughtily, Nj. 100; fara mikinn, to rush on, 143; fara flatt, to fall flat, tumble, Bárð. 177; fara hægt, to walk slowly.
    β. fara til svefns, to go to sleep, Nj. 35; f. í sæti sitt, to go to one’s seat, 129; f. í sess, Vþm. 9; f. á bekk, 19; fara á sæng, to go to bed, N. G. L. i. 30; fara í rúmið, id. (mod.); fara í mannjöfnuð, Ísl. ii. 214; fara í lag, to be put straight, Eg. 306; fara í vöxt, to wax, increase, Fms. ix. 430, Al. 141; fara í þurð, to wane, Ld. 122, l. 1 (MS.); fara í úefni, to go to the wrong side, Sturl. iii. 210; fara at skakka, to be odd ( not even). Sturl. ii. 258; fara at sölum, to be put out for sale, Grág. ii. 204.
    5. fara at fuglum, to go a-fowling, Orkn. (in a verse); fara at fugla-veiðum, id., Bb. 3. 36; fara í hernað, í víking, to go a-freebooting, Fms. i. 33, Landn. 31; fara at fé, to watch sheep, Ld. 240; fara at fé-föngum, to go a-fetching booty, Fms. vii. 78.
    β. with infin., denoting one’s ‘doing’ or ‘being;’ fara sofa, to go to sleep, Eg. 377; fara vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 54, Gm. 23; fara at róa, Vígl. 22; fara leita, to go seeking, Fms. x. 240; fara að búa, to set up a household, Bb. 2. 6; fara að hátta, to go to bed.
    γ. akin to this is the mod. use of fara with an infin. following in the sense to begin, as in the East Angl. counties of Engl. it ‘fares’ to …, i. e. it begins, is likely to be or to do so and so; það fer að birta, það er farit að dimma, it ‘fares’ to grow dark; það fer að hvessa, it ‘fares’ to blow; fer að rigna, it ‘fares’ to rain. etc.:—no instance of this usage is recorded in old Icel., but the Engl. usage shews that it must be old.
    δ. with an adj. etc.; fara villr, to go astray, Sks. 565; fara haltr, to go lame, Fms. x. 420; fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind, 264; fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself, Eb. 270; fara apr, to feel chilly, Fms. vi. 237 (in a verse); fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of, Skálda 187 (in a verse); fara andvígr e-m, to give battle, Stor. 8; fara leyniliga, to go secretly, be kept hidden, Nj. 49.
    6. to pass; fór sú skipan til Íslands, Fms. x. 23; fara þessi mál til þings, Nj. 100; hversu orð fóru með þeim, how words passed between them, 90; fóru þau orð um, the runner went abroad, Fms. i. 12; ferr orð er um munn líðr (a saying), iv. 279; þá fór ferligt úorðan, a bad report went abroad, Hom. 115.
    7. fara fram, to go on, take place; ferr þetta fram, Ld. 258; ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place, K. Þ. K. 64; ferr svá fram, and so things went on without a break, Nj. 11, Eg. 711; veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well, Nj. 11, 51; spyrr hvat þar færi fram, he asked what there was going on. Band. 17; fór allt á sömu leið sem fyrr, it went on all the same as before, Fms. iv. 112; fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice, Nj. 5, 66, Fms. vii. 318; allt mun þat sínu fram f., it will take its own course, Nj. 259; nú er því ferr fram um hríð, it went on so for a while, Fms. xi. 108; a law term, to be produced, gögn fara fram til varnar, Grág. i. 65; dómar fara út, the court is set (vide dómr), Grág., Nj., passim.
    8. borð fara upp brott, the tables are removed (vide borð), Eg. 247, 551; eigi má þetta svá f., this cannot go on in that way, Nj. 87; fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means, 134; fór þat fjarri at ek vilda, Ld. 12; fór þat ok svá til, and so if came to pass, Fms. x. 212.
    9. to turn out, end; hversu ætlar þú fara hesta-atið, Nj. 90; fór þat sem likligt var, it turned out as was likely (i. e. ended ill). Eg. 46; svá fór, at …, the end was, that …, Grett. 81 new Ed.; ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess, Dropl. 30, Vígl. 21; ef svá ferr sem mín orð horfa til, Fms. v. 24; ef svá ferr sem mik varir, if it comes to pass as it seems to me, vi. 350; svá fór um sjóferð þá, Bjarni 202; á sömu leið fór um aðra sendi-menn, Eg. 537; to depart, die, þar fór nýtr maðr, Fs. 39; fara danða-yrði, to pass the death-weird, to die, Ýt. 8.
    10. to fare well, ill, in addressing; fari þér vel, fare ye well, Nj. 7; biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell, Eg. 22, Ld. 62; far heill ok sæll, Fms. vii. 197: in a bad sense, far þú nú þar, ill betide thee! Hbl. 60; far (impers.) manna armastr, Eg. 553; Jökull bað hann fara bræla armastan, Finnb. 306; fari þér í svá gramendr allir, Dropl. 23.
    11. fara í fat, í brynju (acc.), etc., to dress, undress; but fara ór fötum (dat.), to undress, Fms. x. 16, xi. 132, vii. 202, Nj. 143, Gh. 16, etc.
    III. metaph.,
    1. to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair, or the like; ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn, Fas. ii. 343; hárið fór vel, Nj. 30; jarpr á hár ok fór vel hárit, Fms. ii. 7; gult hár sem silki ok fór fagrliga, vi. 438, Fs. 88; klæði sem bezt farandi, Eb. 256; var sú konan bezt f., the most graceful, lady-like, Ísl. ii. 438; fór ílla á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse, Bs. i. 712.
    2. impers. it goes so and so with one, i. e. one behaves so and so: e-m ferr vel, ílla, etc., one behaves well, ill, etc.; honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter, Nj. 210; bezta ferr þér, Fms. vii. 33; vel mun þér fara, Nj. 55; at honum fari vel, 64; þer hefir vel farit til mín, Finnb. 238; e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way, Nj. 217; ferr þér þá bezt jafnan ok höfðinglegast er mest liggr við, 228; mun honum nokkurn veg vel f., Hrafn. 10; údrengiliga hefir þér farit til vár, Ld. 48; ferr þér illa, Nj. 57; hversu Gunnari fór, how ( well) G. behaved, 119.
    3. fara at e-u, to deal with a thing (i. e. proceed) so and so; svá skal at sókn fara, thus is the pleading to be proceeded with, Grág. i. 323; svá skal at því f. at beiða …, 7; fara at lögum, or úlögum at e-u, to proceed lawfully or unlawfully, 126; hversu at skyldi f., how they were to proceed, Nj. 114; fara mjúklega at, to proceed gently, Fms. vii. 18; hér skulu vér f. at með ráðum, to act with deliberation, Eg. 582; Flosi fór at öngu óðara ( took matters calmly), en hann væri heima, Nj. 220.
    β. impers. with dat., to do, behave; ílla hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly, Hrafn. 8; veit Guð hversu hverjum manni mun at f., Fms. x. 212: in mod. phrases, to become, ironically, þér ferr það, or þér ferst það, it becomes thee, i. e. ‘tis too bad of thee.
    γ. hví ferr konungrinn nú svá (viz. at), Fms. i. 35; er slíkt úsæmiliga farit, so shamefully done, Nj. 82; hér ferr vænt at, here things go merrily, 232; karlmannliga er farit, manfully done, 144.
    δ. to mind, care about; ekki ferr ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár, it does not matter to me, I do not care, though …, Nj. 18; ekki munu vit at því fara ( never mind that), segir Helgi, 133.
    ε. fara eptir, to be in proportion; hér eptir fór vöxtr ok afl, his strength and stature were in proportion, Clar.
    4. fara með e-t, to wield, handle, manage; fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded Gungni ( the spear), Kormak; f. með Gríðar-völ, to wield the staff G., Þd. 9: as a law term, to wield, possess; fara með goðorð, to keep a goðorð, esp. during the session of parliament, Dropl. 8, Grág. and Nj. passim; fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit, Grág., Nj.; or, fara við sök, id., Nj. 86.
    β. metaph. to practise, deal in; fara með rán, to deal in robbing, Nj. 73; fara með spott ok háð, to go sporting and mocking, 66; f. með fals ok dár, Pass. 16. 5; fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, K. Þ. K. 76; f. með hindr-vitni, Grett. 111; cp. the phrase, farðu ekki með það, don’t talk such nonsense.
    γ. to deal with, treat, handle; þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara, thou wilt deal with him most kindly and most gently, Nj. 219; fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret, id.; Ingimundr fór vel með sögum (better than sögur, acc.), Ing. dealt well with stories, was a good historian. Sturl. i. 9.
    δ. with dat.; fara með e-u, to do so and so with a thing, manage it; hversu þeir skyldi fara með vápnum sínum, how they were to do with their weapons, Fms. ix. 509; sá maðr er með arfinum ferr, who manages the arfr, Grág. i. 217; ef þeir fara annan veg með því fé, 216; fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case, 46; meðan hann ferr svá með sem mælt er, 93; Gunnarr fór með öllu ( acted in all) sem honum var ráð til kennt, Nj. 100; ef svá er með farit, Ld. 152; f. vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well, behave well, Eg. 65; Hrafn fór með sér vel, H. bore himself well, Fms. vi. 109; undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, they behave strangely, 188; við förum kynlega með okkrum málum, Nj. 130; vant þyki mér með slíku at fara, difficult matters to have to do with, 75; f. málum á hendr e-m, to bring an action against one, Ld. 138; fara sókn ( to proceed) sem at þingadómi, Grág. i. 463; fara svá öllu máli um sem …, 40, ii. 348; fara með hlátri ok gapi, to go laughing and scoffing, Nj. 220; cp. β above.
    IV. fara um, yfir e-t, to pass over slightly; nú er yfir farit um landnám, shortly told, touched upon, Landn. 320; skjótt yfir at f., to be brief, 656 A. 12; fara myrkt um e-t, to mystify a thing, Ld. 322; fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject, Fbr. 124, Nj. 248, Fms. ix. 264.
    β. in the phrase, fara höndum um e-t, to go with the hands about a thing, to touch it, Germ. befühlen, esp. medic. of a healing touch; jafnan fengu menn heilsubót af handlögum hans, af því er hann fór höndum um þá er sjúkir vóru, Játv. 24; ok pá fór hann höndum um hann, Bs. i. 644; þá lét Arnoddr fara aðra höndina um hann, ok fann at hann var berfættr ok í línklæðum. Dropl. 30; cp. fóru hendr hvítar hennar um þessar görvar, Fas. i. 248 (in a verse): note the curious mod. phrase, það fer að fara um mig, I began to feel uneasy, as from a cold touch or the like.
    γ. impers. with dat.; eigi ferr þér nær Gunnari, en Merði mundi við þik, thou camest not nearer to G. than Mord would to thee, i. e. thou art just as far from being a match for G. as Mord is to thee, Nj. 37; þá ferr honum sem öðrum, it came to pass with him as with others, 172; þá mun mér first um fara, I shall fall much short of that, Fms. vi. 362; því betr er þeim ferr öllum verr at, the worse they fare the better I am pleased, Nj. 217.
    V. reflex., esp. of a journey, to fare well; fórsk þeim vel, they fared well, Eg. 392, Fms. xi. 22; honum fersk vel vegrinn, he proceeded well on his journey, ii. 81; hafði allt farizt vel at, all had fared well, they had had a prosperous journey, Íb. 10; fórsk þeim þá seint um daginn, they proceeded slowly, Eg. 544; mönnum fórsk eigi vel um fenit, Fms. vii. 149; hversu þeim hafði farizk, Nj. 90; at þeim færisk vel, Ísl. ii. 343, 208, v. l.: the phrase, hamri fórsk í hægri hönd, he grasped the hammer in his right hand, Bragi; farask lönd undir, to subdue lands, Hkr. i. 134, v. l. (in a verse).
    2. recipr., farask hjá, to go beside one another, miss one another, pass without meeting, Nj. 9; farask á mis, id., farask í móti, to march against one another, of two hosts; þat bar svá til at hvárigir vissu til annarra ok fórusk þó í móti, Fms. viii. 63, x. 46, Fas. ii. 515.
    VI. part.,
    1. act., koma farandi, to come of a sudden or by chance; þá kómu hjarðsveinar þar at farandi, some shepherds just came, Eg. 380; Moses kom farandi til fólksins, Sks. 574; koma inn farandi, 369, Fbr. 25.
    2. pass. farinn, in the phrase, á förnum vegi, on ‘wayfaring,’ i. e. in travelling, passing by; finna e-n á förnum vegi, Nj. 258, K. Þ. K. 6; kveðja fjárins á förnum vegi, Grág. i. 403; also, fara um farinn veg, to pass on one’s journey; of the sun. sól var skamt farin, the sun was little advanced, i. e. early in the morning, Fms. xi. 267, viii. 146; þá var dagr alljós ok sól farin, broad day and sun high in the sky, Eg. 219; also impers., sól (dat.) var skamt farit, Úlf. 4. 10: the phrase, aldri farinn, stricken in years, Sturl. i. 212; vel farinn í andliti, well-favoured, Ld. 274; vel at orði farinn, well spoken, eloquent, Fms. xi. 193; mod., vel orði, máli farinn, and so Ld. 122; gone, þar eru baugar farnir, Grág. ii. 172; þó fætrnir sé farnir, Fas. iii. 308.
    β. impers. in the phrase, e-m er þannig farit, one is so and so; veðri var þannig farit, at …, the winter was such, that …, Fms. xi. 34; veðri var svá farit at myrkt var um at litask, i. e. the weather was gloomy, Grett. 111; hversu landinu er farit, what is the condition of the country, Sks. 181; henni er þannig farit, at hón er mikil ey, löng …, ( the island) is so shapen, that it is large and long, Hkr. ii. 188; er eigi einn veg farit úgæfu okkari, our ill-luck is not of one piece, Nj. 183: metaph. of state, disposition, character, er hánum vel farit, he is a well-favoured man, 15; undarliga er yðr farit, ye are strange men, 154; honum var svá farit, at hann var vesal-menni, Boll. 352: adding the prepp. at, til, þeim var úlíkt farit at í mörgu, they were at variance in many respects, Hkr. iii. 97; nú er annan veg til farit, now matters are altered, Nj. 226; nú er svá til farit, at ek vil …, now the case is, that I wish …, Eg. 714; hér er þannig til farit, … at leiðin, 582; þar var þannig til farit, Fms. xi. 34. ☞ Hence comes the mod. form varið (v instead of f), which also occurs in MSS. of the 15th century—veðri var svá varit, Sd. 181; ér honum vel varið, Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. l.; svá er til varið, Sks. 223, 224,—all of them paper MSS. The phrase, e-m er nær farit, one is pressed; svá var honum nær farit af öllu samt, vökum ok föstu, he was nearly overcome from want of sleep and fasting.
    B. TRANS.
    I. with acc.:
    1. to visit; fara land herskildi, brandi, etc., to visit a land with ‘war-shield,’ fire, etc., i. e. devastate it; gékk siðan á land upp með liði sínu, ok fór allt herskildi, Fms. i. 131; land þetta mundi herskildi farit, ok leggjask undir útlenda höfðingja, iv. 357; (hann) lét Halland farit brandi, vii. 4 (in a verse); hann fór lvist eldi, 41 (in a verse); hann hefir farit öll eylönd brandi, 46 (in a verse); fara hungri hörund, to emaciate the body, of an ascetic, Sl. 71.
    2. to overtake, with acc.; hann gat ekki farit hann, he could not overtake ( catch) him, 623. 17; tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun, Rb. 116; áðr hana Fenrir fari, before Fenrir overtakes her, Vþm. 46, 47; knegut oss fálur fara, ye witches cannot take us, Hkv. Hjörv. 13; hann gat farit fjóra menn af liði Steinólfs, ok drap þá alla, … hann gat farit þá hjá Steinólfsdal, Gullþ. 29; hann reið eptir þeim, ok gat farit þá út hjá Svelgsá, milli ok Hóla, Eb. 180; Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok getr farit sveininn, Ld. 242; viku þeir þá enn undan sem skjótast svá at Danir gátu eigi farit þá, Fms. (Knytl. S.) xi. 377 (MS., in the Ed. wrongly altered to náð þeim); hérinn hljóp undan, ok gátu hundarnir ekki farit hann (Ed. fráit wrongly), Fas. iii. 374; ok renna allir eptir þeim manni er víg vakti, … ok verðr hann farinn, Gþl. 146: cp. the phrase, vera farinn, to dwell, live, to be found here and there; þótt hann sé firr um farinn, Hm. 33.
    II. with dat. to destroy, make to perish; f. sér, to make away with oneself; kona hans fór sér í dísar-sal, she killed herself, Fas. i. 527; hón varð stygg ok vildi fara sér, Landn. (Hb.) 55; ef þér gangit fyrir hamra ofan ok farit yðr sjálfir, Fms. viii. 53; hví ætla menn at hann mundi vilja f. sér sjálfr, iii. 59; fara lífi, fjörvi, öndu, id.; skal hann heldr eta, en fara öndu sinni, than starve oneself to death, K. Þ. K. 130; ok verðr þá þínu fjörvi um farit, Lv. 57, Ýt. 20, Fas. i. 426 (in a verse), cp. Hkv. Hjörv. 13; mínu fjörvi at fara, Fm. 5; þú hefir sigr vegit, ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, 23; farit hafði hann allri ætt Geirmímis, Hkv. 1. 14; ok létu hans fjörvi farit, Sól. 22; hann hafði farit mörgum manni, O. H. L. 11.
    β. to forfeit; fara sýknu sinni, Grág. i. 98; fara löndum ok lausafé, ii. 167.
    2. reflex. to perish (but esp. freq. in the sense to be drowned, perish in the sea); farask af sulti, to die of hunger, Fms. ii. 226; fellr fjöldi manns í díkit ok farask þar, v. 281; fórusk sex hundruð Vinda skipa, xi. 369; alls fórusk níu menn, Ísl. ii. 385; mun heimr farask, Eluc. 43; þá er himin ok jörð hefir farisk, Edda 12; farask af hita, mæði, Fms. ix. 47; fórsk þar byrðingrinn, 307; hvar þess er menn farask, Grág. i. 219; heldr enn at fólk Guðs farisk af mínum völdum, Sks. 732: of cattle, ef fé hins hefir troðisk eðr farisk á þá lund sem nú var tínt, Grág. ii. 286.
    β. metaph., fersk nú vinátta ykkur, your friendship is done with, Band. 12.
    γ. the phrase, farask fyrir, to come to naught, Nj. 131; at síðr mun fyrir farask nokkut stórræði, Ísl. ii. 340; en fyrir fórusk málagjöldin af konungi, the payment never took place, Fms. v. 278; lét ek þetta verk fyrir farask, vii. 158; þá mun þat fyrir farask, Fs. 20; en fyrir fórsk þat þó þau misseri, Sd. 150: in mod. usage (N. T.), to perish.
    δ. in act. rarely, and perhaps only a misspelling: frá því er féit fór (fórsk better), K. Þ. K. 132; fóru (better fórusk, were drowned) margir Íslenzkir menn, Bs. i. 436.
    3. part. farinn, as adj. gone, undone; nú eru vér farnir, nema …, Lv. 83; hans tafl var mjök svá farit, his game was almost lost, Fas. i. 523; þá er farnir vóru forstöðumenn Tróju, when the defenders of Troy were dead and gone, Ver. 36; tungl farit, a ‘dead moon,’ i. e. new moon, Rb. 34; farinn af sulti ok mæði, Fms. viii. 53; farinn at e-u, ruined in a thing, having lost it; farnir at hamingju, luckless, iv. 73; f. at vistum, xi. 33; f. at lausa-fé;. iii. 117: in some cases uncertain whether the participle does not belong to A.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FARA

  • 67 HLUTR

    (-ar, -ir), m.
    1) lot;
    skera (marka) hluti, to mark the lots;
    2) amukt, talisman (hlutr er horfinn or pússi þínum);
    3) share, allotment, portion (hann fœrði Ølvi skip sin ok kallar þat vera hans hlut);
    4) part (of a whole);
    höggva í tvá hluti, to cut in two parts;
    mestr hlutr liðs, the most part of the company;
    meiri hlutr dómanda, the majority of the judges;
    tveim hlutum dýrra, twice as dear;
    eiga hlut í e-u or at e-u, to have part in, be concerned in (mér uggir, at hér muni eigi gæfumenn hlut í eiga);
    þar er þú ættir hlut at, wherein thou wast concerned;
    6) condition, position, lot;
    eiga hlut e-s, to be in one’s place (position);
    ef þú ættir minn hlut, if thou wert in my place;
    láta hlut sinn, to be worsted;
    sitja yfir hlut e-s, to oppress, weigh a person down;
    leggja hlut sinn við e-t, to cast in one’s lot with, to espouse a cause;
    hafa (fá) hærra, meira (lægra) hlut, to get the best (worst) of it;
    7) thing;
    allir hlutir, all things;
    kynligr hlutr, a strange thing;
    um alla hluti, in all things, in all respects.
    * * *
    m., the original form was diphthongal, hlautr, like the Gothic, as is borne out by the kindred and derivative words hlaut, hleyti, q. v.; the acc. was weakened into o, hlotr, Fms. xi. 128; and lastly into u, hlutr; old nom. pl. hlotar, Jómsv. S. l. c., but commonly hlutir; gen. sing. hlutar: [Goth. hlauts = κληρος, Mark xv. 24, Col. i. 12, Ephes. i. 11, Luke i. 9; A. S. and Hel. hlot; Engl. lot; Germ. loos; Dan. lod; Swed. lott; the Goth., Germ., and earliest Scandin. have a long vowel, and prob. also A. S. and O. H. G. (hlôt, not hlot); the Ormul. spells lott with a short vowel, as is the case also in Icel., Dan., Swed., and Engl.]
    A. A lot; the ceremony of drawing lots was like that described in Homer; each party marked his lot (skera or marka hluti), which was then thrown into a sheet (lap of a garment, bera or leggja hluti í skaut), and a third person came and drew a lot out; (it was not thrown out by shaking.) This drawing of lots was originally a sacred ceremony; it was used in sacrifices (by way of augury, see below), in sharing booty or an inheritance; in law the order in which suits came on was decided by lot, in banquets the seats of honour were so assigned (e. g. who was to sit next to the daughter of the house), etc. Many words in the language refer to this old rite, and the ceremony is thus described: en hluti skyldi skera ok í skaut bera, Fms. vii. 140; kom þat ásamt með þeim at hluti skyldi bera í skaut, … skyldi því hvárir-tveggju una sem hlutr segði, vóru þá hlutir markaðir; þá mælti Norðbrikt til Gyrgis: ‘lát mik sjá hversu þú markar þinn hlut at vit markim eigi báðir einn veg;’ hann gerði svá; síðan markaði Norðbrikt sinn hlut, ok kastaði í skaut ok svá báðir þeir; síðan gékk sá maðr at er til (upp, v. l.) skyldi taka, ok tók upp annan hlutinn milli fingra sér …; síðan var at hugat þeim hlutinum ok kenndu þar allir mark Gyrgis, vi. 136, 137: hverr maðr er sök hefir með at fara í dóm, þá skal hlut bera í skaut, einn, þótt hann hafi fleiri sakar í dóm þann, hverr maðr skal merkja hlut sinn ok bera alla saman í skaut, ok skal maðr taka fjóra hluti senn upp, Grág. i. 37; bjóða til hlutfalla ok bera þar hluti í skaut, 74; menn báru þá hluti sína í skaut ok tók jarlinn upp; … svá sagði hlutr til, at Egill skyldi sitja hjá jarls-dóttur um kveldit, Eg. 247; en þá er tólfmenningr var skipaðr til at sitja ok settir hlutir til hverr næst skyldi sitja Ástríði, dóttur Vigfúss hersis, ok hlaut Eyjólfr ávalt at sitja hjá henni, Glúm. 331: nú ræða þeir um goðorðit ok verða eigi ásáttir, vildi hverr sinn hlut ( case) fram draga; þá leggja þeir hluti í skaut, ok kom jafnan upp hlutr Silfra, Fs. 68; þeir lögðu hluti á, ok hlaut Þrándr, Fær.
    2. of sacrifice; vóru þá görvir hlutir af vísinda-mönnum ( soothsayers), ok feldr blótspánn til, en svá gékk fréttin, at …, Fas. i. 452; cp. hristu teina ok á hlaut sá, Hym. 1; and, þá kná Hænir hlautvið kjósa (= taka upp hluti), Vsp. l. c.; see also hlaut, hlauttein, p. 270.
    II. the hlutir were talismans or little images, which people used to wear on their persons; síðan tekr jarl skálar ( scales) góðar … ok fylgðu tvau met ( weights), annat af gulli en annat af silfri; þar var á líkneskja manns, ok hétu þat hlutar (hlotar sem fornmönnum var títt at hafa, add. in v. l.), ok fylgði sú náttúra, at þá er jarl lagði þá í skálarnar, ok kvað á hvat hvárr skyldi merkja, ok ef sá kom upp ( turned up) er hann vildi, þá breylti sá í skálinni svá at varð glamm af. Jarl gaf Einari skálarnar ok varð hann glaðr við ok síðan kallaðr Einarr Skálarglam, Jómsv. S. (1824) 37, 38; hlutr er horfinn ór pússi þínum sá er Haraldr konungr gaf þér í Hafrsfirði, ok er hann nú kominn í holt þat er þú munt byggja, ok er á hlutnum markaðr Freyr af silfri, Fs. 19; ok vili Freyr þar láta sinn hlut niðr koma er hann vill sitt sæmdar-sæti setja, 22; cp. Landn., hann sendi Finna tvá í hamförum til Íslands eptir hlut sínum, 174; hann hefir líkneski Þórs í pungi sínum af tönn gört …; nú fannsk engi sá ‘hlutr’ í hans valdi, Fs. 97: the ‘gumna heillir’ or talismans, mentioned in Sdm., were prob. hlutir.
    B. Metaph., without the actual drawing of lots:
    I. a share, allotment, portion; skal þat þeirra er biskup lofar skilnað, hafa slíkan hlut fjár ( portion) við annat, Grág. i. 329: of booty, hann færði Ölvi skip sín ok kallar þat vera hlut hans, Nj. 46: of a finder’s share, heimtir hlut af sauðunum, Háv. 40; halda til hlutar, id.
    β. esp. of a fisherman’s share of the catch, Band. 4, cp. Höfuðl. 1; a fishing boat has one or two hundred … í hlut, each of the crew (hásetar) taking his ‘hlutr,’ and besides this there was a færis-hlutr ( line share) or netja-hlutr ( net share), skips-hlutr (ship’s share), and lastly for-manns-hlutr (foreman’s share, he getting double); see the remarks on aflausn.
    γ. a share, lot, portion, of inheritance, often in early Dan. law, where the daughter received a half, the brother a whole portion, sun til ful lot, oc dotær til half lot, Wald. Sjæll. Lov., p. 1;—whence in Dan. broder-lod, söster-lod, = a brother’s, sister’s portion; en komi jafnmikit fé á hlut hvers þeirra, Grág. (Kb.) i. 220: of duty, kom þat á hlut Andreas postula, 625. 64.
    2. metaph. phrases; láta hlut sinn, to let go one’s share, be worsted, Fms. i. 74, Fb. ii. 62; þeirra h. brann við, got singed, Hkr. ii. 178; þinn hlutr má ekki verða betri en góðr, thy case cannot be better than good, is as good as it can be, Nj. 256; ella muntú finna á þínum hlut, thou shalt find it to thy cost, Ld. 98; þeirra h. varð æ minni ok minni, their lot grew ever worse and worse, Fms. x. 250; eigi skyldi hennar h. batna við þat, her case should not mend with that, Nj. 52; sitja yfir hlut e-s, to oppress, weigh a person down, Eg. 512, Nj. 89, Fb. iii. 450; mínka sinn hlut, to yield one’s lot ( right), 451; láta sinn (hlut) undir liggja, to let one’s lot be the nethermost, Bárð.; leggja hlut sinn við e-t, to throw in one’s lot with a thing, to espouse a cause, run a risk, Lv. 45 (twice), Fb. iii. 166, Sturl. i. 162 C; eigi mundi svá Sverrir gera, ef hann ætti várn hlut, S. would not do so if he had our lot, our cards in his hand, Fms. viii. 392; eigi mundir þú svá renna frá þínum manni, ef þú ættir minn hlut, xi. 72; hafa (fá) hærra (meira, lægra) hlut, to get the better ( less) share, to get the best ( worst) of it, to win or lose, Eb. 194, Fs. 32, 113, Nj. 90, 224, Fas. i. 252, Fms. vi. 412, viii. 284, Hkv. 2. 19; hafa allan hlut mála, Bs. i. 82; eiga hlut at e-u, to own a share in, take part ( interest) in, interfere ( meddle) in a thing, be concerned about, Eb. 124, Nj. 27, 101, 119, Fms. xi. 83; þar er þú ættir hlut at, wherein thou wast concerned, Nj. 54; nú mun eigi mega sitjanda hlut í eiga, to take a sitter’s part in it, i. e. not stir in the matter, 110; hér munu eigi gæfu-menn í hlut eiga, 179; hafa inn vesta hlut af, to behave meanly, Eg. 271.
    II. a part, Lat. pars; enn efra hlut Hrunamanna-hrepps, Landn. 312: mestr h. liðs, the most part of the body, Eg. 275; meiri hlutr, búa, dómanda …, the majority of the neighbours, judges …, Nj. 237, Grág. i. 79; tíundi h. eyrir, a tenth part of an ounce, 357: byggja jörð til hlutar, to lease an estate in shares, N. G. L. i. 137: sjau hlutum ljósari, seven times brighter, Eluc. 44; tveim hlutum dýrra, twice as dear, Landn. 243; eins hlutar ( on the one hand) … annars hlutar ( on the other hand), 625. 172.
    III. a case, thing, Lat. res; hvern hlut, everything, Nj. 53; á engum hlut, in nothing, Fms. ii. 27; í öllum hlutum, in everything, passim; allir hlutir, all things, Edda 147 (pref.); aðra hluti, other things, Fms. i. 213; alla hluti þá er …, all things whatsoever, Ld. 18; allir þeirra hlutir, all their things, Fms. x. 250; fjórir eru þeir hlutir ( cases) er menn ber í átt, Grág. i. 361; hverngi hlut ( reason) er maðr vill til þess færa, 179; fyrir tengda sakir ok annarra stórra hluta er hér hvarfla í milli, Nj. 147; undarlegr, kynlegr h., a strange thing, Ld. 200, Fms. x. 169; iðna slíka hluti, Grág. i. 149; eru þér stórir hlutir á höndum, Fms. vii. 30: a deed, fact, orðinn h., a bygone thing, Fr. fait accompli, Nj. 20; einn lítill h., a little thing, small matter, Fms. ix. 448.
    β. with neg. adv. = Engl. naught; görðit hlut þiggja, Am. 94; ekki lyt (lyf MS.), Skv. 1. 9; engi hluta(r), noways, 656 C. 25.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HLUTR

  • 68 essere

    1. v/i be
    essere di ( provenire di) be or come from
    essere di qualcuno ( appartenere a) belong to someone
    lei è di Roma she is or comes from Rome
    è di mio padre it is my father's, it belongs to my father
    c'è there is
    ci sono there are
    sono io it's me
    cosa c'è? what's the matter?, what's wrong?
    non c'è di che! don't mention it!
    chi è? who is it?
    ci siamo! here we are!
    sono le tre it's three o'clock
    siamo in quattro there are four of us
    se fossi in te if I were you
    sarà! if you say so!
    2. v/aux: siamo arrivati alle due we arrived at two o'clock
    non siamo ancora arrivati we haven't arrived yet
    è stato investito he has been run over
    3. m being
    essere umano human being
    * * *
    essere v.ausiliare
    1 ( con funzione di copula) to be*: sono italiano, I'm Italian; sei molto gentile, you're very kind; è un uomo fortunato, he's a lucky man; la porta è aperta, the door is open; è una vecchia storia, it's an old story; siamo buoni amici, we're good friends; siete francesi?, are you French?; il cielo era sereno, the sky was clear; non essere sgarbato, don't be rude; è interessante quell'articolo?, is that article interesting?; non è giusto, it isn't fair; sarà difficile trovarli, it will be hard to find them; fu un vero successo, it was a great success; questo non è vivere!, this is no life!; è notte, è mattina, it's night, it's morning; era una bellissima giornata, it was a beautiful day; era già tardi, it was already late; era il 1o di luglio, it was the 1st July; è Pasqua, Natale, it's Easter, Christmas; domani è il compleanno della mamma, it's my mother's birthday tomorrow
    2 ( nella coniugazione passiva) to be*: sei desiderato al telefono, you're wanted on the phone; la discoteca è frequentata da giovanissimi, the disco is popular with teenagers; il Presidente della Repubblica è eletto ogni 4 anni, the President of the Republic is elected every 4 years; la riunione si è tenuta nella Sala dei Congressi, the meeting was held in the Congress Hall; lo zar Pietro I fu detto il Grande, Tsar Peter I was called the Great; furono accusati di tentato omicidio, they were charged with attempted murder; la casa sarà completamente ristrutturata, the house is to be completely remodelled; dopo essere stato riconosciuto colpevole, fu condannato all'ergastolo, after being found guilty, he was sentenced to life imprisonment; quando sarà inaugurata la mostra?, when will the exhibition be inaugurated?; non è ancora stato reso noto il numero delle vittime, the number of victims is not yet known
    3 (nei tempi composti della coniugazione attiva di verbi intransitivi, riflessivi e impersonali) to have: è appena arrivato, he has just arrived; non sono ancora partiti, they haven't left yet; che cosa è avvenuto?, what has happened?; che n'è stato di lui?, what has become of him?; è molto invecchiato, he has aged a great deal; è piovuto tutto il giorno, it's been raining all day long; è piovuto parecchio in questi giorni, it has rained a great deal in the last few days; se fossi stato avvisato in tempo, sarei venuto alla riunione, if I had been informed in time, I would have come to the meeting; la temperatura si è notevolmente abbassata, the temperature has shot down; si è avuto un forte calo nelle vendite, there has been a sharp drop in sales; mi ero appena svegliato, I had just woken up; ci eravamo già incontrati, we had met before; saranno state le tre di notte, it must have been three o'clock in the morning
    4 (con un v. servile) to have: non sarei potuto venire comunque, I wouldn't have been able to come anyway; è dovuto partire improvvisamente, he has had to leave unexpectedly; ci siamo dovuti accontentare di una camera singola, we have had to make do with a single room
    v. intr.
    1 ( esistere) to be*, to exist: Dio è, God exists; penso, dunque sono, I think, therefore I am; essere o non essere, to be or not to be
    2 ( accadere, avvenire) to be*; to become*, to happen: che cosa è stato?, what was it?; quand'è stato?, when was it?; fu nell'estate del '78, it was (o it happened) in the summer of '78 // e fu così che conobbi mio marito, that's how I met my husband // quel ch'è stato è stato, let bygones be bygones // sia quel che sia, sia come sia, be that as it may (be) // sarà quel che sarà, what (ever) will be will be // che ne sarà di noi?, what's to become of us?; che n'è stato di lui?, what has become of him? // com'è come non è, all of a sudden // ebbene, sia!, well, so be it! // come che sia, whatever happens // così sia, let it be // come se niente fosse, as if nothing had happened
    3 ( consistere) to consist, to lie*: la felicità non è nella ricchezza, happiness doesn't lie in riches; il problema era che si doveva decidere subito, the trouble lay in having to decide at once // il bello è che..., the interesting thing is that... // il fatto è che..., the fact is that...
    4 ( costare, valere, pesare) to be: ''Quant'è?'' ''Sono 15 euro in tutto'', ''How much is it?'' ''It's 15 euros''; ''Quant'era di peso?'', ''How heavy was it?''; quant'è una sterlina in euro?, how much is a pound in euros?; quant'è un panino e una birra?, how much is a sandwich and a glass of beer?; quant'era il conto?, how much was the bill?
    5 ( andare) to be*: dove sei stato quest'estate?, where have you been this summer?; ''Sei mai stato a Londra?'' ''Sì, ci sono stato l'anno scorso'', ''Have you ever been to London?'' ''Yes, I was there last year''; non eravamo mai stati a Parigi, we had never been to Paris; sono stati a trovarla all'ospedale, they have been to see her in hospital
    6 ( arrivare, venire) to be*: eri già stato da queste parti?, had you ever been here before?; sono subito da lei, I'll be with you at once; tra poco saremo a casa, we'll be home soon
    7 ( stare, trovarsi) to be*: ''Dove sono gli altri invitati?'' ''Sono in giardino'', ''Where are the other guests?'' ''They're in the garden''; è a Tokyo per lavoro, he's in Tokyo on business; la casa è in ottimo stato, the house is in excellent shape; il direttore non è in ufficio, the manager isn't in the office; l'ufficiale era in divisa, the officer was in uniform; sono a pranzo da amici domani, I'm having lunch with friends tomorrow; siamo in primavera, it's spring; a che capitolo siamo?, what chapter are we at?; stanotte sono di guardia, I'm on duty tonight; erano tutti dalla mia parte, they were all on my side // essere in dubbio, to be in doubt // essere sull'avviso, to be warned // essere alla fame, to be starving // essere alla disperazione, to be in despair // essere dalla parte della ragione, del torto, to be in the right, in the wrong // essere più di là che di qua, to be more dead than alive // (banca): essere alla pari, to be at par; essere in rosso, scoperto, to be in the red (o overdrawn) // essere in disavanzo, to be in debit
    8 ( diventare) to be*, to get*: quando sarai grande, capirai, you'll understand when you're grown up (o when you get older); vorrebbe essere un attore, he would like to be an actor; un giorno sarò ricco, one day I'll be rich; quando fu stanco di studiare, andò a fare due passi, when he got tired of studying, he went for a walk
    9 ( in correlazione) sia... sia: sia il padre sia la madre parteciparono alla cerimonia, both his father and mother were present at the ceremony // sia che... sia che..., whether... or...: sia che tu lo voglia, sia che non lo voglia, partiremo domani, we're leaving tomorrow, whether you like it or not; sia che lo mandi per espresso, sia che lo spedisca via aerea, non arriverà in tempo, whether you send it express or (by) airmail, it won't arrive in time
    10 essere di, ( materia) to be (made) of; ( appartenenza) to be of, to belong (to); ( origine) to be from: tutte le statue erano di bronzo, all the statues were made of bronze; ''Di chi è quest'ombrello?'' ''é di Marco'', ''Whose umbrella is this?'' ''It's Mark's'' (o ''It belongs to Mark''); sono di Venezia, I'm from Venice; è di buona famiglia, he's from a good family
    11 essere da, ( convenire a) to be worthy (of); (seguito da inf. con valore di dovere) to be (to): non è un comportamento da persona civile, his behaviour isn't worthy of a gentleman; è tutto da verificare, it remains to be seen; non sono fatti da sottovalutare, they're not facts to be underestimated; è una cosa da fare subito?, is it something to be done at once? // non sono da meno di lui, I'm worth as much as he is.
    esserci, to be*: che c'è?, what's the matter?; che cosa c'è di nuovo?, what's new?; c'è qualcuno in casa?, is there anyone at home?; c'è molto traffico sulle strade, there is a lot of traffic on the roads; non c'era nessuna traccia dei rapitori, there was no sign of the kidnappers; chi c'era al concerto?, who was at the concert?; non c'è stato mezzo di farlo ragionare, there was no way of getting him to see reason; ci dev'essere una soluzione di questo problema, there must be an answer to this problem; ci saranno state una ventina di persone alla cerimonia, there must have been about twenty people at the ceremony // quanto c'è da Roma a Napoli?, ( distanza) how far is it from Rome to Naples?; ( tempo) how long does it take from Rome to Naples? // ci siamo!, ( siamo arrivati) here we are!; ( siamo alle solite) here we go again! // ci sono!, ( ho capito) I've got it! // non c'è che dire, there's nothing to be said // non c'era il minimo dubbio, there wasn't the slightest doubt // non c'è da aver paura, there is nothing to be afraid of // c'era una volta un re, un cavaliere, once upon a time there was a king, a knight.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: ''Chi è?'' ''Sono io'', ''Who is it?'' ''It's me'' (o form. ''It is I''); sei tu?, is that (o is it) you? // che ora è?, what's the time? (o what time is it?) // vent'anni or sono, twenty years ago // nei tempi che furono, in the past (o in times gone by) // è per questo che..., that's why... // se fossi in te..., if I were you; se non fosse stato per il tempo..., if it hadn't been for the weather... (o but for the weather...) // ( come) sarebbe a dire?, what do you mean by that? // sono due ore che ti aspetto, I've been waiting for you for two hours // essere a spasso, ( disoccupato) to be out of work (o to be out of a job) // essere in grado di fare qlco., ( capace) to be able to do sthg.; ( in condizione di) to be in a position to do sthg. // essere sul punto di, in procinto di fare qlco., to be on the point of doing sthg., to be about to do sthg. // essere giù, ( fisicamente) to be run down; ( moralmente) to be down, (fam.) to be down in the dumps // essere di aiuto, to help // essere in sé, to be oneself; essere fuori di sé, ( sragionare) to be out of one's mind; ( non riuscire a dominarsi) to be beside oneself // sarà!..., ( per esprimere dubbio, perplessità) maybe (o that's how it may be); ( per esprimere incredulità) that's a likely story! // non può essere!, that's impossible!
    essere s.m.
    1 being, individual: esseri umani, human beings // l'Essere Supremo, the Supreme Being
    2 ( creatura) creature: un essere spregevole, a despicable creature (o fellow); un povero essere, a poor creature
    3 ( esistenza) existence: l'essere dello spirito, the existence of the spirit
    4 ( stato) state, condition.
    * * *
    ['ɛssere] (aus essere)
    1. vi
    1) (copulativo) to be

    chi è quel tipo? — è Giovanni — who is that (guy)? — it's Giovanni

    è giovane/malato — he is young/ill

    siamo in dieci a volerci andare — there are ten of us wanting to go o who want to go

    2) (trovarsi) to be, (vivere) to live

    sono qui da tre ore — I've been here for three hours

    è a Roma dal 1990 — he's been (living) in Rome since 1990

    3) (diventare) to be
    4) (esistere) to be
    5)

    (provenire) è di Genova — he is o comes from Genoa

    6)

    (appartenenza) di chi è questo libro? — è mio — whose book is this? — it's mine

    non potrò essere dei vostri quest'estate — I won't be able to join you this summer

    7)

    (data) è il 12 giugno — it is June 12th

    8)

    (ora) che ora è? o che ore sono? — sono le due — what's the time? o what time is it? — it's two o'clock

    9)

    (+ da + infinito) è da fare subito — it should be done o needs to be done o is to be done immediately

    è da spedire stasera — it has (got) to be sent tonight

    2. vb aus
    1)

    (tempi composti: attivo) è arrivato? — has he arrived?

    2)

    (tempi composti: passivo) è stato fabbricato in India — it was made in India

    3)

    (tempi composti: riflessivo) si sono vestiti — they dressed, they got dressed

    (reciproco) si sono baciati — they kissed

    non si sono visti — they didn't see each other

    3. vb impers
    1)

    è che non mi piace — the fact is I don't like it

    che ne sarà della macchina? — what will happen to the car?

    sarà come dici tu — you may be right

    come sarebbe a dire? — what do you mean?

    come se niente fosse — as if nothing had happened

    è da tre ore che ti aspetto — I've been waiting for you for three hours

    non è da te — it's not like you

    sia detto fra noi — between you and me

    è possibile che venga — he may come

    può essere — perhaps

    sarà quel che sarà — what will be will be

    sia quel che sia, io me ne vado — whatever happens I'm off

    2)

    (costare) sono 200 euro — that's 200 euros, that comes to 200 euros

    quant'è? — how much is it?

    quant'è in tutto? — how much does that come to?

    3)

    esserci: c'èthere is

    non c'è altro da dire — there's nothing else to be said o there's nothing more one can say

    che (cosa) c'è? — what's wrong o the matter?

    che c'è di nuovo? — what's new?

    cosa c'è — what's wrong o the matter?

    c'è da strapparsi i capelli — it's enough to drive you up the wall

    ce n'è per tutti — there's enough for everybody

    quanti invitati ci saranno? — how many guests will there be?

    quanto c'è da qui a Edimburgo? — how far is it from here to Edinburgh?

    c'era una volta... — once upon a time there was...

    See:
    4. sm
    * * *
    I ['ɛssere]
    verbo intransitivo (aus. essere)

    sono subito da lei, signora — I'll be with you right away, madam

    "sei brutto!" "sarai bello tu!" — "you're ugly!" "you're not so handsome yourself!"

    che ne è di...? — what (has become) of...?

    non è da te, da lui — it's not like you, him

    se non fosse per... — were it not o if it were not for...

    se non fosse stato per te, sarei morto — had it not been for you, I would have died

    se fossi in te, lui... — if I were you, him...

    per essere un capo non è male — as bosses go, she's not bad

    per essere bello è bello ma... — I'm not saying he's not handsome, but...

    può essere — maybe, perhaps

    può essere che non vengahe may o might not come

    quel che è stato, è stato — let bygones be bygones

    sarà! (forse) maybe! (ne dubito) I have my doubts!

    sarà anche il capo ma — he may be the boss, but

    sia come siabe that as it may II esserci, esservi

    che (cosa) c'è?(che succede?) what is it? what's up? what's the matter? (che vuoi?) yes? (con tono seccato) what do you want?

    sono Luca, c'è tuo fratello? — it's Luca, is your brother in o there?

    ci siamo (ci risiamo) there we go again; (ecco che si comincia) here we go

    II ['ɛssere]
    sostantivo maschile
    2) (persona) person, creature

    con tutto il proprio essere — [detestare, desiderare] with one's whole being

    4) (esistenza) being, existence
    * * *
    essere1
    /'εssere/ [4]
     (aus. essere) essere o non essere to be or not to be; tre anni or sono three years ago; sono subito da lei, signora I'll be with you right away, madam; "sei brutto!" "sarai bello tu!" "you're ugly!" "you're not so handsome yourself!"; che ne è di...? what (has become) of...? che ne sarà di noi? what will become of us? non è da te, da lui it's not like you, him; se non fosse per... were it not o if it were not for...; se non fosse stato per te, sarei morto had it not been for you, I would have died; se fossi in te, lui... if I were you, him...; per essere un capo non è male as bosses go, she's not bad; per essere bello è bello ma... I'm not saying he's not handsome, but...; può essere maybe, perhaps; può essere che non venga he may o might not come; non può essere (vero)! it can't be (true)! quel che è stato, è stato let bygones be bygones; sarà! (forse) maybe! (ne dubito) I have my doubts! sarà anche il capo ma he may be the boss, but; sarà quel che sarà what(ever) will be will be; e sia! so be it! sia come sia be that as it may II esserci, esservi che (cosa) c'è?(che succede?) what is it? what's up? what's the matter? (che vuoi?) yes? (con tono seccato) what do you want? c'è nessuno (in casa)? is anybody there o in? sono Luca, c'è tuo fratello? it's Luca, is your brother in o there? non ci sono per nessuno I'm not in for anyone; ci siamo (ci risiamo) there we go again; (ecco che si comincia) here we go.
    ————————
    essere2
    /'εssere/
    sostantivo m.
     1 (organismo vivente) being; essere umano human being; essere vivente living being
     2 (persona) person, creature; un essere spregevole a despicable person
     3 (natura intima) being; con tutto il proprio essere [detestare, desiderare] with one's whole being
     4 (esistenza) being, existence.
    \
    See also notes... (essere.pdf)

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > essere

  • 69 committo

    com-mitto ( con-m-), mīsi, missum, 3, v. a.
    I.
    Of two or more objects, to bring, join, combine into one whole; to join or put together, to connect, unite.
    A.
    In gen. (rare; not in Cic.), constr. inter se, cum aliquā re, alicui, with in and acc., and with acc. only.
    (α).
    Inter se:

    res in ordinem digestae atque inter se commissae,

    Quint. 7, prooem. §

    1: per nondum commissa inter se munimenta urbem intravit,

    Liv. 38, 4, 8; cf. thus with inter se:

    oras vulneris suturis,

    Cels. 7, 19:

    duo verba,

    Quint. 9, 4, 33:

    easdem litteras,

    id. ib.:

    duo comparativa,

    id. 9, 3, 19.—
    (β).
    With cum:

    costae committuntur cum osse pectoris,

    Cels. 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    With dat.:

    viam a Placentiā ut Flaminiae committeret,

    Liv. 39, 2, 10:

    quā naris fronti committitur,

    is joined to, Ov. M. 12, 315:

    quā vir equo commissus erat,

    id. ib. 12, 478 (of a Centaur); cf.

    of Scylla: delphinum caudas utero commissa luporum,

    Verg. A. 3, 428:

    commissa dextera dextrae,

    Ov. H. 2, 31:

    medulla spinae commissa cerebro,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    moles, quae urbem continenti committeret,

    Curt. 4, 2, 16; Flor. 1, 4, 2 Duker.—
    (δ).
    With in and acc.:

    commissa in unum crura,

    Ov. M. 4, 580:

    committuntur suturae in unguem,

    Cels. 8, 1.—
    (ε).
    With acc. only: barbaricam pestem navibus obtulit, commissam infabre, Pac. ap. Non. p. 40, 31 (Trag. Rel. v. 271 Rib.):

    commissis operibus,

    Liv. 38, 7, 10:

    fidibusque mei commissa mariti moenia,

    Ov. M. 6, 178:

    (terra) maria committeret,

    Curt. 3, 1, 13; 7, 7, 14:

    noctes duas,

    Ov. Am. 1, 13, 46; cf.: nocte commissā. Sen. Herc. Oet. 1698:

    commissa corpore toto,

    Ov. M. 4, 369; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 248, 25: cervix committitur primo [p. 380] artu, Val. Fl. 4, 310:

    domus plumbo commissa,

    patched, Juv. 14, 310.—
    B.
    In partic., to set or bring men or animals together in a contest or fight, as competitors, etc., to set together, set on (freq. in Suet.;

    elsewhere rare): pugiles Latinos cum Graecis,

    Suet. Aug. 45:

    quingenis peditibus, elephantis vicenis, tricenis equitibus hinc et inde commissis,

    id. Caes. 39; id. Claud. 34:

    camelorum quadrigas,

    id. Ner. 11; Luc. 1, 97:

    victores committe,

    Mart. 8, 43, 3; cf. id. Spect. 28, 1:

    licet Aenean Rutulumque ferocem Committas,

    i.e. you describe their contest in your poem, you bring them in contact with each other, Juv. 1, 162:

    eunucho Bromium committere noli,

    id. 6, 378:

    inter se omnes,

    Suet. Calig. 56:

    aequales inter se,

    id. Gram. 17.—
    b.
    Trop., to bring together for comparison, to compare, put together, match:

    committit vates et comparat, inde Maronem, Atque aliā parte in trutinā suspendit Homerum,

    Juv. 6, 436; cf. Prop. 2, 3, 21; Mart. 7, 24, 1.—
    2.
    Transf., of a battle, war: proelium, certamen, bellum, etc.
    a.
    To arrange a battle or contest, to enter upon, engage in, begin, join, commence, Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77:

    proelii committendi signum dare,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    cum proelium commissum audissent,

    id. ib. 7, 62:

    commisso ab equitibus proelio,

    id. B. C. 1, 40:

    in aciem exercitum eduxit proeliumque commisit,

    Nep. Eum. 3 fin.; id. Hann. 11, 3; id. Milt. 6, 3; Just. 2, 12, 7; 15, 4, 22; 22, 6, 6:

    postquam eo ventum est, ut a ferentariis proelium committi posset,

    Sall. C. 60, 2:

    commisso proelio, diutius nostrorum militum impetum hostes ferre non potuerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 35; id. B. C. 1, 13; 2, 6 Kraner ad loc.:

    Caesar cohortatus suos proelium commisit,

    id. ib. 1, 25:

    utrum proelium committi ex usu esset, necne,

    id. ib. 1, 50; 1, 52; 2, 19; Nep. Milt. 5, 3:

    pridie quam Siciliensem pugnam classe committeret,

    Suet. Aug. 96:

    avidus committere pugnam,

    Sil. 8, 619:

    pugnas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 143:

    rixae committendae causā,

    Liv. 5, 25, 2:

    cum vates monere eum (regem) coepit, ne committeret, aut certe differret obsidionem,

    Curt. 9, 4, 27.—Of a drinking contest for a wager:

    a summo septenis cyathis committe hos ludos,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 19:

    nondum commisso spectaculo,

    Liv. 2, 36, 1:

    musicum agona,

    Suet. Ner. 23:

    aciem,

    Flor. 4, 2, 46:

    commissum (bellum) ac profligatum conficere,

    Liv. 21, 40, 11; 8, 25, 5; 31, 28, 1 al.; cf.:

    si quis trium temporum momenta consideret, primo commissum bellum, profligatum secundo, tertio vero confectum est,

    Flor. 2, 15, 2:

    committere Martem,

    Sil. 13, 155:

    quo die ludi committebantur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 4, 6:

    ludos dedicationis,

    Suet. Claud. 21:

    ludos,

    Verg. A. 5, 113.—
    b.
    In gen., to maintain a contest, etc., to fight a battle, to hold, celebrate games, etc. (rare):

    illam pugnam navalem... mediocri certamine commissam arbitraris?

    Cic. Mur. 15, 33:

    levia inde proelia per quatriduum commissa,

    Liv. 34, 37, 7:

    commisso modico certamine,

    id. 23, 44, 5.—
    (β).
    Absol. (post-Aug. and rare):

    contra quem Sulla iterum commisit,

    Eutr. 5, 6; 9, 24; Dig. 9, 1, 1:

    priusquam committeretur,

    before the contest began, Suet. Vesp. 5.—
    3.
    In gen.: committere aliquid, to begin any course of action, to undertake, carry on, hold (rare):

    tribuni sanguine commissa proscriptio,

    Vell. 2, 64 fin.:

    judicium inter sicarios committitur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 11. —In part. perf.:

    egregie ad ultimum in audacter commisso perseveravit,

    Liv. 44, 4, 11; cf. id. ib. § 8; 44, 6, 14.—
    4.
    In partic., to practise or perpetrate wrong, do injustice; to commit a crime (very freq. and class.).
    (α).
    With acc.:

    ut neque timeant, qui nihil commiserint, et poenam semper ante oculos versari putent, qui peccaverint,

    Cic. Mil. 23, 61; cf. Quint. 7, 2, 30:

    commississe cavet quod mox mutare laboret,

    Hor. A. P. 168:

    ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti, Verri crimini daturus sum,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:

    quantum flagitii,

    id. Brut. 61, 219:

    tantum facinus,

    id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65:

    virilis audaciae facinora,

    Sall. C. 25, 1:

    majus delictum,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 4:

    nil nefandum,

    Ov. M. 9, 626:

    nefarias res,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 1, 2:

    scelus,

    id. Sull. 2, 6; Dig. 48, 9, 7:

    adulterium,

    Quint. 7, 2, 11; 7, 3, 1:

    incestum cum filio,

    id. 5, 10, 19:

    parricidium,

    id. 7, 2, 2:

    caedem,

    id. 7, 4, 43; 10, 1, 12; 5, 12, 3:

    sacrilegium,

    id. 7, 2, 18:

    fraudem,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 31.— Aliquid adversus, in, erga:

    committere multa et in deos et in homines impie nefarieque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6; cf.:

    in te,

    Verg. A. 1, 231:

    aliquid adversus populum Romanum,

    Liv. 42, 38, 3:

    aliquid erga te,

    Cic. Att. 3, 20, 3.—
    (β).
    Committere contra legem, in legem, lege, to offend, sin, commit an offence:

    quasi committeret contra legem,

    Cic. Brut. 12, 48:

    in legem Juliam de adulteriis,

    Dig. 48, 5, 39; 48, 10, 13:

    adversus testamentum,

    ib. 34, 3, 8, § 2:

    ne lege censoriā committant,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:

    lege de sicariis,

    Quint. 7, 1, 9. —
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    hoc si in posterum edixisses, minus esset nefarium... nemo enim committeret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 43, § 110.—
    (δ).
    With ut, to be guilty or be in fault, so that, to give occasion or cause, that, to act so as that:

    id me commissurum ut patiar fieri,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 78:

    non committet hodie iterum ut vapulet,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 5:

    ego nolo quemquam civem committere, ut morte multandus sit: tu, etiam si commiserit, conservandum putas,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 5, 15:

    committere ut accusator nominere,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50; so Liv. 25, 6, 17:

    non committam, ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 5, 3; 3, 7, 3; id. Att. 1, 6, 1; 1, 20, 3; id. de Or. 2, 57, 233; id. Off. 3, 2, 6; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1, Quint. 1, 10, 30; 5, 13, 27; Cic. Leg. 1, 13, 37.—More rare in a like sense,
    (ε).
    With cur or quare:

    Caedicius negare se commissurum, cur sibi quisquam imperium finiret,

    Liv. 5, 46, 6:

    neque commissum a se, quare timeret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 14.—
    (ζ).
    With inf.:

    non committunt scamna facere,

    Col. 2, 4, 3:

    infelix committit saepe repelli,

    Ov. M. 9, 632.—
    b.
    Poenam, multam, etc., jurid. t. t., to bring punishment upon one ' s self by an error or fault, to incur, make one ' s self liable to it:

    poenam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30; cf. Quint. 7, 4, 20; and:

    committere in poenam edicti,

    Dig. 2, 2, 4:

    ut illam multam non commiserit,

    Cic. Clu. 37, 103; Dig. 35, 1, 6 pr.—
    (β).
    Committi, with a definite object, to be forfeited or confiscated, as a penalty:

    hereditas Veneri Erycinae commissa,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 2, 14, § 36; so,

    commissae hypothecae,

    id. Fam. 13, 56, 2:

    commissa tibi fiducia,

    id. Fl. 21, 51:

    merces,

    Dig. 39, 4, 11, § 2:

    mancipium,

    ib. 39, 14, 6:

    praedia in publicum,

    ib. 3, 5, 12:

    hanc devotionem capitis esse commissam,

    incurred, Cic. Dom. 57, 145.—
    c.
    Also (mostly in jurid. Lat.) of laws, judicial regulations, promises, etc., that become binding in consequence of the fulfilment of a condition as the commission of a crime, etc.:

    in civitatem obligatam sponsione commissa iratis omnibus diis,

    a promise the condition of which has been fulfilled, Liv. 9, 11, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.; cf.:

    hanc ego devotionem capitis mei... convictam esse et commissam putabo,

    Cic. Dom. 57, 145:

    si alius committat edictum,

    transgresses, incurs its penalty, makes himself liable to, Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 11; cf.:

    commisso edicto ab alio filio, ib. lex 8, § 4: commisso per alium edicto, ib. lex 10, § 1 al.: statim atque commissa lex est,

    ib. 18, 3, 4, § 2:

    committetur stipulatio,

    ib. 24, 3, 56.
    II.
    To place a thing somewhere for preservation, protection, care, etc.; to give, intrust, commit to, to give up or resign to, to trust (syn.: commendo, trado, credo; very freq. and class.); constr. with aliquid ( aliquem) alicui, in aliquid, or absol.
    (α).
    Aliquid ( aliquem, se) alicui:

    honor non solum datus sed etiam creditus ac commissus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 14, § 35:

    nec illi (Catoni) committendum illud negotium, sed inponendum putaverunt,

    id. Sest. 28, 60:

    qui capita vestra non dubitatis credere, cui calceandos nemo commisit pedes?

    Phaedr. 1, 14, 16:

    ego me tuae commendo et committo fidei,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 47 (cf. id. And. 1, 5, 61):

    ne quid committam tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 3, 21; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 15; id. And. 3, 5, 3; cf.:

    his salutem nostram, his fortunas, his liberos rectissime committi arbitramur,

    Cic. Off. 2, 9, 33; id. Att. 1, 13, 1; cf. id. ib. §

    4: tibi rem magnam,

    id. Fam. 13, 5, 1; id. Mil. 25, 68:

    quia commissi sunt eis magistratus,

    id. Planc. 25, 61:

    summum imperium potestatemque omnium rerum alicui,

    Nep. Lys. 1 fin.:

    domino rem omnem,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 67:

    caput tonsori,

    id. A. P. 301:

    ratem pelago,

    id. C. 1, 3, 11:

    sulcis semina (corresp. with spem credere terrae),

    Verg. G. 1, 223; cf.:

    committere semen sitienti solo,

    Col. 2, 8, 4:

    ulcus frigori,

    Cels. 6, 18, n. 2:

    aliquid litteris,

    Cic. Att. 4, 1, 8; so,

    verba tabellis,

    Ov. M. 9, 587:

    vivunt commissi calores Aeoliae fidibus puellae,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 11 al.:

    committere se populo, senatui, publicis praesidiis et armis (corresp. with se tradere),

    Cic. Mil. 23, 61; so,

    se urbi,

    id. Att. 15, 11, 1:

    se theatro populoque Romano,

    id. Sest. 54, 116:

    se proelio,

    Liv. 4, 59, 2:

    se pugnae,

    id. 5, 32, 4:

    se publico,

    to venture into the streets, Suet. Ner. 26:

    se neque navigationi, neque viae,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 8, 1; cf. id. Phil. 12, 10, 25; id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 31:

    se timidius fortunae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 4:

    civilibus fluctibus,

    Nep. Att. 6, 1 al. —Prov.: ovem lupo (Gr. kataleipein oïn en lukoisi), Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 16.—
    (β).
    Aliquid ( aliquem, se) in aliquid (so esp. freq. in Liv.):

    aliquid in alicujus fidem committere,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 34; cf. Liv. 30, 14, 4:

    se in id conclave,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 23, 64:

    se in conspectum populi Romani,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26; cf. Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C, 2:

    se in senatum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 2, 2; id. Ac. 2, 21, 68:

    summae fuisse dementiae dubiā spe impulsum certum in periculum se committere,

    id. Inv. 2, 8, 27:

    rem in casum ancipitis eventus,

    Liv. 4, 27, 6; cf.:

    duos filios in aleam ejus casus,

    id. 40, 21, 6:

    rem in aciem,

    id. 3, 2, 12; cf.:

    se in aciem,

    id. 7, 26, 11; 23, 11, 10;

    rempublicam in discrimen,

    id. 8, 32, 4; cf.:

    rerum summam in discrimen,

    id. 33, 7, 10. —
    (γ).
    Simply alicui, or entirely absol.:

    sanan' es, Quae isti committas?

    in trusting to him, Plaut. Curc. 5, 2, 55:

    ei commisi et credidi, Ter, Heaut. 5, 2, 13: haec cum scirem et cogitarem, commisi tamen, judices, Heio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 7, § 16:

    universo populo neque ipse committit neque illi horum consiliorum auctores committi recte putant posse,

    id. Agr. 2, 8, 20:

    venti, quibus necessario committendum existimabat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 25:

    sed quoniam non es veritus concredere nobis, accipe commissae munera laetitiae,

    intrusted, Prop. 1, 10, 12:

    instant enim (adversarii) et saepe discrimen omne committunt, quod deesse nobis putant,

    often hazard the most important advantage, Quint. 6, 4, 17:

    cum senatus ei commiserit, ut videret, ne quid res publica detrimenti caperet,

    Cic. Mil. 26, 70.—With de:

    iste negat se de existimatione suā cuiquam nisi suis commissurum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 137. —Hence, P. a. as subst.: commissum, i, n.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. 3.) An undertaking, enterprise:

    nec aliud restabat quam audacter commissum corrigere,

    Liv. 44, 4, 8:

    supererat nihil aliud in temere commisso, quam, etc.,

    id. 44, 6, 14.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. 4.) A transgression, offence, fault, crime:

    sacrum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    nisi aut quid commissi aut est causa jurgi,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 21:

    ecquod hujus factum aut commissum non dicam audacius, sed quod, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 26, 72; cf.

    turpe,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 39:

    commissi praemia,

    Ov. F. 4, 590.—In plur.:

    post mihi non simili poenā commissa luetis,

    offences, Verg. A. 1, 136; so,

    fateri,

    Stat. S. 5, 5, 5:

    improba,

    Claud. Rapt. Pros. 2, 304.—
    2.
    Jurid. Lat., an incurring of fines, a confiscation or confiscated property, Suet. Calig. 41:

    in commissum cadere,

    Dig. 39, 4, 16:

    causa commissi,

    ib. 39, 4, 16 al.; 19, 2, 61 fin.:

    aliquid pro commisso tenetur,

    Quint. Decl. 341.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II.) That which is intrusted, a secret, trust:

    enuntiare commissa,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    commissa celare,

    Nep. Epam. 3, 2; cf. Juv. 9, 93:

    commissa tacere,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 84:

    prodere,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 95:

    retinent commissa fideliter aures,

    id. Ep. 1, 18, 70:

    commissum teges (corresp. with arcanum scrutaberis),

    id. ib. 1, 18, 38; cf. id. A. P. 200.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > committo

  • 70 conmitto

    com-mitto ( con-m-), mīsi, missum, 3, v. a.
    I.
    Of two or more objects, to bring, join, combine into one whole; to join or put together, to connect, unite.
    A.
    In gen. (rare; not in Cic.), constr. inter se, cum aliquā re, alicui, with in and acc., and with acc. only.
    (α).
    Inter se:

    res in ordinem digestae atque inter se commissae,

    Quint. 7, prooem. §

    1: per nondum commissa inter se munimenta urbem intravit,

    Liv. 38, 4, 8; cf. thus with inter se:

    oras vulneris suturis,

    Cels. 7, 19:

    duo verba,

    Quint. 9, 4, 33:

    easdem litteras,

    id. ib.:

    duo comparativa,

    id. 9, 3, 19.—
    (β).
    With cum:

    costae committuntur cum osse pectoris,

    Cels. 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    With dat.:

    viam a Placentiā ut Flaminiae committeret,

    Liv. 39, 2, 10:

    quā naris fronti committitur,

    is joined to, Ov. M. 12, 315:

    quā vir equo commissus erat,

    id. ib. 12, 478 (of a Centaur); cf.

    of Scylla: delphinum caudas utero commissa luporum,

    Verg. A. 3, 428:

    commissa dextera dextrae,

    Ov. H. 2, 31:

    medulla spinae commissa cerebro,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    moles, quae urbem continenti committeret,

    Curt. 4, 2, 16; Flor. 1, 4, 2 Duker.—
    (δ).
    With in and acc.:

    commissa in unum crura,

    Ov. M. 4, 580:

    committuntur suturae in unguem,

    Cels. 8, 1.—
    (ε).
    With acc. only: barbaricam pestem navibus obtulit, commissam infabre, Pac. ap. Non. p. 40, 31 (Trag. Rel. v. 271 Rib.):

    commissis operibus,

    Liv. 38, 7, 10:

    fidibusque mei commissa mariti moenia,

    Ov. M. 6, 178:

    (terra) maria committeret,

    Curt. 3, 1, 13; 7, 7, 14:

    noctes duas,

    Ov. Am. 1, 13, 46; cf.: nocte commissā. Sen. Herc. Oet. 1698:

    commissa corpore toto,

    Ov. M. 4, 369; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 248, 25: cervix committitur primo [p. 380] artu, Val. Fl. 4, 310:

    domus plumbo commissa,

    patched, Juv. 14, 310.—
    B.
    In partic., to set or bring men or animals together in a contest or fight, as competitors, etc., to set together, set on (freq. in Suet.;

    elsewhere rare): pugiles Latinos cum Graecis,

    Suet. Aug. 45:

    quingenis peditibus, elephantis vicenis, tricenis equitibus hinc et inde commissis,

    id. Caes. 39; id. Claud. 34:

    camelorum quadrigas,

    id. Ner. 11; Luc. 1, 97:

    victores committe,

    Mart. 8, 43, 3; cf. id. Spect. 28, 1:

    licet Aenean Rutulumque ferocem Committas,

    i.e. you describe their contest in your poem, you bring them in contact with each other, Juv. 1, 162:

    eunucho Bromium committere noli,

    id. 6, 378:

    inter se omnes,

    Suet. Calig. 56:

    aequales inter se,

    id. Gram. 17.—
    b.
    Trop., to bring together for comparison, to compare, put together, match:

    committit vates et comparat, inde Maronem, Atque aliā parte in trutinā suspendit Homerum,

    Juv. 6, 436; cf. Prop. 2, 3, 21; Mart. 7, 24, 1.—
    2.
    Transf., of a battle, war: proelium, certamen, bellum, etc.
    a.
    To arrange a battle or contest, to enter upon, engage in, begin, join, commence, Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77:

    proelii committendi signum dare,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    cum proelium commissum audissent,

    id. ib. 7, 62:

    commisso ab equitibus proelio,

    id. B. C. 1, 40:

    in aciem exercitum eduxit proeliumque commisit,

    Nep. Eum. 3 fin.; id. Hann. 11, 3; id. Milt. 6, 3; Just. 2, 12, 7; 15, 4, 22; 22, 6, 6:

    postquam eo ventum est, ut a ferentariis proelium committi posset,

    Sall. C. 60, 2:

    commisso proelio, diutius nostrorum militum impetum hostes ferre non potuerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 35; id. B. C. 1, 13; 2, 6 Kraner ad loc.:

    Caesar cohortatus suos proelium commisit,

    id. ib. 1, 25:

    utrum proelium committi ex usu esset, necne,

    id. ib. 1, 50; 1, 52; 2, 19; Nep. Milt. 5, 3:

    pridie quam Siciliensem pugnam classe committeret,

    Suet. Aug. 96:

    avidus committere pugnam,

    Sil. 8, 619:

    pugnas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 143:

    rixae committendae causā,

    Liv. 5, 25, 2:

    cum vates monere eum (regem) coepit, ne committeret, aut certe differret obsidionem,

    Curt. 9, 4, 27.—Of a drinking contest for a wager:

    a summo septenis cyathis committe hos ludos,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 19:

    nondum commisso spectaculo,

    Liv. 2, 36, 1:

    musicum agona,

    Suet. Ner. 23:

    aciem,

    Flor. 4, 2, 46:

    commissum (bellum) ac profligatum conficere,

    Liv. 21, 40, 11; 8, 25, 5; 31, 28, 1 al.; cf.:

    si quis trium temporum momenta consideret, primo commissum bellum, profligatum secundo, tertio vero confectum est,

    Flor. 2, 15, 2:

    committere Martem,

    Sil. 13, 155:

    quo die ludi committebantur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 4, 6:

    ludos dedicationis,

    Suet. Claud. 21:

    ludos,

    Verg. A. 5, 113.—
    b.
    In gen., to maintain a contest, etc., to fight a battle, to hold, celebrate games, etc. (rare):

    illam pugnam navalem... mediocri certamine commissam arbitraris?

    Cic. Mur. 15, 33:

    levia inde proelia per quatriduum commissa,

    Liv. 34, 37, 7:

    commisso modico certamine,

    id. 23, 44, 5.—
    (β).
    Absol. (post-Aug. and rare):

    contra quem Sulla iterum commisit,

    Eutr. 5, 6; 9, 24; Dig. 9, 1, 1:

    priusquam committeretur,

    before the contest began, Suet. Vesp. 5.—
    3.
    In gen.: committere aliquid, to begin any course of action, to undertake, carry on, hold (rare):

    tribuni sanguine commissa proscriptio,

    Vell. 2, 64 fin.:

    judicium inter sicarios committitur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 11. —In part. perf.:

    egregie ad ultimum in audacter commisso perseveravit,

    Liv. 44, 4, 11; cf. id. ib. § 8; 44, 6, 14.—
    4.
    In partic., to practise or perpetrate wrong, do injustice; to commit a crime (very freq. and class.).
    (α).
    With acc.:

    ut neque timeant, qui nihil commiserint, et poenam semper ante oculos versari putent, qui peccaverint,

    Cic. Mil. 23, 61; cf. Quint. 7, 2, 30:

    commississe cavet quod mox mutare laboret,

    Hor. A. P. 168:

    ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti, Verri crimini daturus sum,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:

    quantum flagitii,

    id. Brut. 61, 219:

    tantum facinus,

    id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65:

    virilis audaciae facinora,

    Sall. C. 25, 1:

    majus delictum,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 4:

    nil nefandum,

    Ov. M. 9, 626:

    nefarias res,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 1, 2:

    scelus,

    id. Sull. 2, 6; Dig. 48, 9, 7:

    adulterium,

    Quint. 7, 2, 11; 7, 3, 1:

    incestum cum filio,

    id. 5, 10, 19:

    parricidium,

    id. 7, 2, 2:

    caedem,

    id. 7, 4, 43; 10, 1, 12; 5, 12, 3:

    sacrilegium,

    id. 7, 2, 18:

    fraudem,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 31.— Aliquid adversus, in, erga:

    committere multa et in deos et in homines impie nefarieque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6; cf.:

    in te,

    Verg. A. 1, 231:

    aliquid adversus populum Romanum,

    Liv. 42, 38, 3:

    aliquid erga te,

    Cic. Att. 3, 20, 3.—
    (β).
    Committere contra legem, in legem, lege, to offend, sin, commit an offence:

    quasi committeret contra legem,

    Cic. Brut. 12, 48:

    in legem Juliam de adulteriis,

    Dig. 48, 5, 39; 48, 10, 13:

    adversus testamentum,

    ib. 34, 3, 8, § 2:

    ne lege censoriā committant,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:

    lege de sicariis,

    Quint. 7, 1, 9. —
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    hoc si in posterum edixisses, minus esset nefarium... nemo enim committeret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 43, § 110.—
    (δ).
    With ut, to be guilty or be in fault, so that, to give occasion or cause, that, to act so as that:

    id me commissurum ut patiar fieri,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 78:

    non committet hodie iterum ut vapulet,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 5:

    ego nolo quemquam civem committere, ut morte multandus sit: tu, etiam si commiserit, conservandum putas,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 5, 15:

    committere ut accusator nominere,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50; so Liv. 25, 6, 17:

    non committam, ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 5, 3; 3, 7, 3; id. Att. 1, 6, 1; 1, 20, 3; id. de Or. 2, 57, 233; id. Off. 3, 2, 6; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1, Quint. 1, 10, 30; 5, 13, 27; Cic. Leg. 1, 13, 37.—More rare in a like sense,
    (ε).
    With cur or quare:

    Caedicius negare se commissurum, cur sibi quisquam imperium finiret,

    Liv. 5, 46, 6:

    neque commissum a se, quare timeret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 14.—
    (ζ).
    With inf.:

    non committunt scamna facere,

    Col. 2, 4, 3:

    infelix committit saepe repelli,

    Ov. M. 9, 632.—
    b.
    Poenam, multam, etc., jurid. t. t., to bring punishment upon one ' s self by an error or fault, to incur, make one ' s self liable to it:

    poenam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30; cf. Quint. 7, 4, 20; and:

    committere in poenam edicti,

    Dig. 2, 2, 4:

    ut illam multam non commiserit,

    Cic. Clu. 37, 103; Dig. 35, 1, 6 pr.—
    (β).
    Committi, with a definite object, to be forfeited or confiscated, as a penalty:

    hereditas Veneri Erycinae commissa,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 2, 14, § 36; so,

    commissae hypothecae,

    id. Fam. 13, 56, 2:

    commissa tibi fiducia,

    id. Fl. 21, 51:

    merces,

    Dig. 39, 4, 11, § 2:

    mancipium,

    ib. 39, 14, 6:

    praedia in publicum,

    ib. 3, 5, 12:

    hanc devotionem capitis esse commissam,

    incurred, Cic. Dom. 57, 145.—
    c.
    Also (mostly in jurid. Lat.) of laws, judicial regulations, promises, etc., that become binding in consequence of the fulfilment of a condition as the commission of a crime, etc.:

    in civitatem obligatam sponsione commissa iratis omnibus diis,

    a promise the condition of which has been fulfilled, Liv. 9, 11, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.; cf.:

    hanc ego devotionem capitis mei... convictam esse et commissam putabo,

    Cic. Dom. 57, 145:

    si alius committat edictum,

    transgresses, incurs its penalty, makes himself liable to, Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 11; cf.:

    commisso edicto ab alio filio, ib. lex 8, § 4: commisso per alium edicto, ib. lex 10, § 1 al.: statim atque commissa lex est,

    ib. 18, 3, 4, § 2:

    committetur stipulatio,

    ib. 24, 3, 56.
    II.
    To place a thing somewhere for preservation, protection, care, etc.; to give, intrust, commit to, to give up or resign to, to trust (syn.: commendo, trado, credo; very freq. and class.); constr. with aliquid ( aliquem) alicui, in aliquid, or absol.
    (α).
    Aliquid ( aliquem, se) alicui:

    honor non solum datus sed etiam creditus ac commissus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 14, § 35:

    nec illi (Catoni) committendum illud negotium, sed inponendum putaverunt,

    id. Sest. 28, 60:

    qui capita vestra non dubitatis credere, cui calceandos nemo commisit pedes?

    Phaedr. 1, 14, 16:

    ego me tuae commendo et committo fidei,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 47 (cf. id. And. 1, 5, 61):

    ne quid committam tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 3, 21; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 15; id. And. 3, 5, 3; cf.:

    his salutem nostram, his fortunas, his liberos rectissime committi arbitramur,

    Cic. Off. 2, 9, 33; id. Att. 1, 13, 1; cf. id. ib. §

    4: tibi rem magnam,

    id. Fam. 13, 5, 1; id. Mil. 25, 68:

    quia commissi sunt eis magistratus,

    id. Planc. 25, 61:

    summum imperium potestatemque omnium rerum alicui,

    Nep. Lys. 1 fin.:

    domino rem omnem,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 67:

    caput tonsori,

    id. A. P. 301:

    ratem pelago,

    id. C. 1, 3, 11:

    sulcis semina (corresp. with spem credere terrae),

    Verg. G. 1, 223; cf.:

    committere semen sitienti solo,

    Col. 2, 8, 4:

    ulcus frigori,

    Cels. 6, 18, n. 2:

    aliquid litteris,

    Cic. Att. 4, 1, 8; so,

    verba tabellis,

    Ov. M. 9, 587:

    vivunt commissi calores Aeoliae fidibus puellae,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 11 al.:

    committere se populo, senatui, publicis praesidiis et armis (corresp. with se tradere),

    Cic. Mil. 23, 61; so,

    se urbi,

    id. Att. 15, 11, 1:

    se theatro populoque Romano,

    id. Sest. 54, 116:

    se proelio,

    Liv. 4, 59, 2:

    se pugnae,

    id. 5, 32, 4:

    se publico,

    to venture into the streets, Suet. Ner. 26:

    se neque navigationi, neque viae,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 8, 1; cf. id. Phil. 12, 10, 25; id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 31:

    se timidius fortunae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 4:

    civilibus fluctibus,

    Nep. Att. 6, 1 al. —Prov.: ovem lupo (Gr. kataleipein oïn en lukoisi), Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 16.—
    (β).
    Aliquid ( aliquem, se) in aliquid (so esp. freq. in Liv.):

    aliquid in alicujus fidem committere,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 34; cf. Liv. 30, 14, 4:

    se in id conclave,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 23, 64:

    se in conspectum populi Romani,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26; cf. Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C, 2:

    se in senatum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 2, 2; id. Ac. 2, 21, 68:

    summae fuisse dementiae dubiā spe impulsum certum in periculum se committere,

    id. Inv. 2, 8, 27:

    rem in casum ancipitis eventus,

    Liv. 4, 27, 6; cf.:

    duos filios in aleam ejus casus,

    id. 40, 21, 6:

    rem in aciem,

    id. 3, 2, 12; cf.:

    se in aciem,

    id. 7, 26, 11; 23, 11, 10;

    rempublicam in discrimen,

    id. 8, 32, 4; cf.:

    rerum summam in discrimen,

    id. 33, 7, 10. —
    (γ).
    Simply alicui, or entirely absol.:

    sanan' es, Quae isti committas?

    in trusting to him, Plaut. Curc. 5, 2, 55:

    ei commisi et credidi, Ter, Heaut. 5, 2, 13: haec cum scirem et cogitarem, commisi tamen, judices, Heio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 7, § 16:

    universo populo neque ipse committit neque illi horum consiliorum auctores committi recte putant posse,

    id. Agr. 2, 8, 20:

    venti, quibus necessario committendum existimabat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 25:

    sed quoniam non es veritus concredere nobis, accipe commissae munera laetitiae,

    intrusted, Prop. 1, 10, 12:

    instant enim (adversarii) et saepe discrimen omne committunt, quod deesse nobis putant,

    often hazard the most important advantage, Quint. 6, 4, 17:

    cum senatus ei commiserit, ut videret, ne quid res publica detrimenti caperet,

    Cic. Mil. 26, 70.—With de:

    iste negat se de existimatione suā cuiquam nisi suis commissurum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 137. —Hence, P. a. as subst.: commissum, i, n.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. 3.) An undertaking, enterprise:

    nec aliud restabat quam audacter commissum corrigere,

    Liv. 44, 4, 8:

    supererat nihil aliud in temere commisso, quam, etc.,

    id. 44, 6, 14.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. 4.) A transgression, offence, fault, crime:

    sacrum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    nisi aut quid commissi aut est causa jurgi,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 21:

    ecquod hujus factum aut commissum non dicam audacius, sed quod, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 26, 72; cf.

    turpe,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 39:

    commissi praemia,

    Ov. F. 4, 590.—In plur.:

    post mihi non simili poenā commissa luetis,

    offences, Verg. A. 1, 136; so,

    fateri,

    Stat. S. 5, 5, 5:

    improba,

    Claud. Rapt. Pros. 2, 304.—
    2.
    Jurid. Lat., an incurring of fines, a confiscation or confiscated property, Suet. Calig. 41:

    in commissum cadere,

    Dig. 39, 4, 16:

    causa commissi,

    ib. 39, 4, 16 al.; 19, 2, 61 fin.:

    aliquid pro commisso tenetur,

    Quint. Decl. 341.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II.) That which is intrusted, a secret, trust:

    enuntiare commissa,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    commissa celare,

    Nep. Epam. 3, 2; cf. Juv. 9, 93:

    commissa tacere,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 84:

    prodere,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 95:

    retinent commissa fideliter aures,

    id. Ep. 1, 18, 70:

    commissum teges (corresp. with arcanum scrutaberis),

    id. ib. 1, 18, 38; cf. id. A. P. 200.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conmitto

  • 71 integer

    intĕger, tēgra, tēgrum (long e in intēgri, intēgros, etc., Lucr. 1, 927; Verg. E. 4, 5; Hor. S. 2, 2, 113 al.), adj. [2. in and root tag-, tango], untouched, unhurt, unchanged.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    Undiminished, whole, entire, complete, perfect:

    integer et plenus thensaurus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 12, 13:

    exercitus,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 148:

    annus,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 8:

    quarum (sublicarum) pars inferior integra remanebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 35:

    integris bonis exulare,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    nec superstes Integer,

    Hor. C. 2, 17, 7:

    puer malasque comamque Integer,

    with beard, and hair on his head, Stat. Th. 8, 487:

    signa (litterarum),

    unbroken, Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6.— Adv.: ad integrum, wholly, entirely:

    corpore carens,

    Macr. Som. Scip. 1, 5. —
    B. 1.
    Absol.:

    adulescens cum sis, tum, cum est sanguis integer,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 2, 7:

    aetas,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 45:

    cum recentes atque integri defessis successissent,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 94;

    so opp. defessi,

    id. B. G. 7, 41;

    opp. defatigati,

    id. ib. 7, 48; 5, 16; id. B. C. 3, 40:

    integris viribus repugnare,

    id. B. G. 3, 4:

    si ad quietem integri iremus, opp. onustus cibo et vino,

    Cic. Div. 1, 29:

    integra valetudo,

    id. Fin. 2, 20, 64:

    integrum se salvumque velle,

    id. ib. 2, 11, 33:

    omnibus rebus integros incolumesque esse,

    id. Fam. 13, 4:

    florentes atque integri,

    id. Planc. 35:

    integros pro sauciis arcessere,

    Sall. C. 60, 4;

    so opp. saucius,

    Cic. Mur. 25, 50:

    Horatius,

    Liv. 1, 25:

    nasus,

    Juv. 15, 56; 10, 288;

    so opp. truncus,

    Plin. 7, 11, 10. §

    50: cecidit Cethegus integer, et jacuit Catilina cadavere toto,

    not mutilated, Juv. 10, 288:

    opes, opp. accisae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 113:

    mulier aetate integra,

    in the flower of her age, Ter. And. 1, 1, 45:

    corpora sana et integri sanguinis,

    Quint. 8 praef. § 19;

    tantum capite integro (opp. transfigurato),

    unchanged, Suet. Ner. 46:

    quam integerrimis corporibus cibum offerre,

    free from fever, Cels. 3, 4:

    antequam ex toto integer fiat,

    id. ib.:

    integra aetate ac valetudine,

    Suet. Tib. 10. —
    2.
    With gen.:

    integer aevi sanguis (= integri aevi sanguis, i. e. juvenilis vigor),

    Verg. A. 2, 638; 9, 255; Ov. M. 9, 441:

    integer annorum,

    Stat. Th. 1, 415 (cf. II. A. infra): deos aevi integros, Enn. ap. Serv. Verg. A. 9, 255 (Trag. v. 440 Vahl.). —
    3.
    With abl.:

    fama et fortunis integer,

    Sall. H 2, 41, 5:

    copiis integra (regio),

    id. ib. 1, 95:

    neque aetate neque corpore integer,

    Suet. Aug. 19: pectore maturo fuerat puer integer aevo, Ped. Albin. 3, 5:

    dum vernat sanguis, dum rugis integer annus,

    Prop. 4 (5), 5, 59.—
    4.
    With a ( ab) and abl. (rare):

    a populi suffragiis integer,

    i. e. who has not been rejected, Sall. H. 1, 52 D.:

    cohortes integrae ab labore,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 26:

    gens integra a cladibus belli,

    Liv. 9, 41, 8.—
    5.
    Esp. in phrase ad or in integrum (sc. statum), to a former condition or state:

    potius quam redeat ad integrum haec eadem oratio,

    i. e. to have the same story over again, Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 8:

    quod te absente hic filius egit restitui in integrum aequum est,

    id. Phorm. 2, 4, 11:

    quos ego non idcirco esse arbitror in integrum restitutos,

    Cic. Clu. 36, 98; id. Fl. 32, 79:

    (judicia) in integrum restituit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 1, 4. —
    C.
    Not worn, fresh, new, unused:

    ad integrum bellum cuncta parare,

    Sall. J. 73, 1:

    consilia,

    id. ib. 108, 2:

    pugnam edere,

    Liv. 8, 9, 13.—Hence, esp. adv.: de integro, ab integro, ex integro, anew, afresh:

    ut mihi de integro scribendi causa non sit,

    Cic. Att. 13, 27; id. Clu. 60, 167:

    acrius de integro obortum est bellum,

    Liv. 21, 8, 2:

    relata de integro res ad senatum,

    id. 21, 6, 5:

    columnam efficere ab integro novam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 56, § 147:

    magnus ab integro saeclorum nascitur ordo,

    Verg. E. 4, 5:

    recipere ex integro vires,

    Quint. 10, 3, 20:

    navibus ex integro fabricatis,

    Suet. Aug. 16.—
    D.
    Untainted, fresh, sweet:

    ut anteponantur integra contaminatis,

    Cic. Top. 18, 69:

    fontes,

    Hor. C. 1, 26, 6:

    sapor,

    id. S. 2, 4, 54:

    aper, opp. vitiatus,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 91.—
    E.
    Not before attempted, fresh:

    ex integra Graeca integram comoediam Hodie sum acturus,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 4:

    alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,

    this pretext as a fresh one, id. Hec. 1, 2, 5:

    eum Plautus locum reliquit integrum,

    not treated, not imitated, id. Ad. prol. 9.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    Blameless, irreproachable, spotless, pure, honest, virtuous:

    cum illo nemo neque integrior esset in civitate, neque sanctior,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 53:

    (homines) integri, innocentes, religiosi,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 4, § 7:

    integerrima vita,

    id. Planc. 1:

    incorrupti atque integri testes,

    id. Fin. 1, 21:

    vitae,

    Hor. C. 1, 22, 1:

    integer urbis,

    not spoiled by the city, untainted with city vices, Val. Fl. 2, 374:

    vir a multis vitiis integer, Sen. de Ira, 1, 18, 3.— Of female chastity: loquere filiam meam quis integram stupraverit,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 47:

    narratque, ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:

    quibus liberos conjugesque suas integras ab istius petulantia conservare non licitum est,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 14:

    virgines,

    Cat. 61, 36.—
    B.
    Of the mind or disposition.
    1.
    Free from passion or prejudice, unbiassed, impartial: integrum se servare, to keep one's self neutral, Cic. Att. 7, 26, 2:

    arbiter,

    Juv. 8, 80:

    scopulis surdior Icari Voces audit, adhuc integer,

    untouched with love, heart-whole, Hor. C. 3, 7, 21:

    bracchia et vultum teretesque suras Integer laudo,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 21.—
    2.
    Healthy, sound, sane, unimpaired:

    animi,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 220:

    mentis,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 65; cf.

    mens,

    id. C. 1, 31, 18:

    a conjuratione,

    without complicity in, Tac. A. 15, 52:

    integrius judicium a favore et odio,

    Liv. 45, 37, 8.—
    C.
    New to a thing, ignorant of it:

    rudem me discipulum, et integrum accipe,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 3:

    suffragiis integer,

    Sall. H. 1, 52 Dietsch—
    D.
    In which nothing has yet been done, undecided, undetermined:

    integram rem et causam relinquere,

    Cic. Att. 5, 21, 13:

    rem integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    integram omnem causam reservare alicui,

    id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:

    ea dicam, quae ipsi, re integra saepe dixi,

    id. Mur. 21:

    ut quam integerrima ad pacem essent omnia,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    offensiones,

    not yet cancelled, Tac. A. 3, 24:

    integrum est mihi,

    it is still in my power, I am at liberty, Cic. Att. 15, 23:

    loquor de legibus promulgatis, de quibus est integrum vobis,

    id. Phil. 1, 10:

    non est integrum, Cn. Pompeio consilio jam uti tuo,

    id. Pis. 24:

    ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —

    So, integrum dare,

    to grant full power, to leave at liberty, Cic. Part. 38. — Adv.: intĕgrē.
    1.
    Lit., wholly, entirely:

    mutare,

    Tac. H. 1, 52.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Irreproachably, honestly, justly:

    incorrupte atque integre judicare,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9:

    in amicorum periculis caste integreque versatus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 1. — Comp.: quid dici potest integrius, quid incorruptius, Cic. Mil. 22.— Sup.:

    Asiam integerrime administravit,

    Suet. Vesp. 4:

    procuratione integerrime functus,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 25. —
    b.
    Purely, correctly:

    integre et ample et ornate dicere,

    Cic. Opt. Gen. 4, 12:

    proprie atque integre loqui,

    Gell. 7, 11, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > integer

  • 72 γε

    γε, [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Boeot. [full] γα, enclitic Particle, giving emphasis to the word or words which it follows.
    I with single words, at least, at any rate, but often only to be rendered by italics in writing, or emphasis in pronunciation: τὸ γὰρ.. σιδήρου γε κράτος ἐστίν such is the power of iron, Od.9.393; εἴ που πτωχῶν γε θεοὶ.. εἰσίν if the poor have any gods to care for them, 17.475;

    μάλιστά γε 4.366

    ; ὅ γ' ἐνθάδε λεώς at any rate the people here, S.OC42, etc.: with negs., οὐ δύο γε not even two, Il.5.303, 20.286; οὔκουν φθόγγος γε not the least sound, E.IA9.
    2 with Pronouns: with Pron. of [ per.] 1st Pers. so closely joined, that the accent is changed, in ἔγωγε, ἔμοιγε (also ἔγωγα [dialect] Lacon., but ἐγώνγα, ἰώνγα [dialect] Boeot.): in Hom. freq. with Art. used as Pron., v. ὅ γε: with demonstr. Pronouns, κεῖνός γε, τοῦτό γε, etc.: in Com. coalescing with final,

    αὑτηγί Ar.Ach. 784

    ; τουτογί, ταυταγί, etc., Id.V. 781, Pax 1057, etc. (but

    ἐνγεταυθί Th. 646

    ): after possess. Pronouns,

    ἐμόν γε θυμόν Il.20.425

    , etc.: freq. after relat. Pronouns, ὅς γε, οἵ γε, etc.,

    οἵ γέ σου καθύβρισαν S.Ph. 1364

    ;

    ὅς γ' ἐξέλυσας δασμόν Id.OT35

    , etc.; ὅσον γε χρῄζεις even as much as.., ib. 365;

    οἷόν γέ μοι φαίνεται Pl.R. 329a

    : rarely with interrog. Pronouns,

    τίνα γε.. εἶπας

    ;

    E.Tr. 241

    ;

    ποίου γε τούτου πλήν γ' Ὀδυσσέως ἐρεῖς

    ;

    S.Ph. 441

    .
    3 after Conjunctions, to emphasize the modification or condition introduced by the subjoined clause, πρίν γε, before at least, sts. repeated,

    οὐ μὲν.. ὀΐω πρίν γ' ἀποπαύσεσθαι, πρίν γε.. αἵματος ἆσαι Ἀρῆα Il.5.288

    , cf. Od.2.127; πρὶν ἄν γε or πρίν γ' ἄν, Ar.Eq. 961, Ra.78, etc.;

    ὅτε γε Pl.Phd. 84e

    ;

    ὁπότε γε S.OC 1699

    ;

    ἐπεί γε X.An.1.3.9

    ;

    ἐπειδή γε Th.6.18

    ;

    ὅπου γε X.Cyr.2.3.11

    ; εἴ γε, ἐάν γε, if that is to say, if really, Th.6.18, Pl.Phdr.25<*>c; also simply to lay stress on the condition, κἄν γε μὴ λέγω and if I do not.., Ar.Ach. 317; εἴπερ γε if at any rate, Hdt.7.16.γ, 143, etc.; ὥστε γε (v.l. ὥς γε), with inf., so far at least as to.., Pl.Phdr. 230b;

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ; ὥς γε or ὥσπερ γε as at least, S.Ant. 570, OT 715, etc.:—γε may follow τε, when τε is closely attached to the preceding word,

    ὡς οἷόν τέ γε μάλιστα X.Mem.4.5.2

    , Pl.R. 412b;

    ἐάντε γε Id.Plt. 293d

    ;

    οἵ τέ γε Id.Grg. 454e

    :—for its use in opposed or disjunctive clauses, v. infr. 11.3.
    4 after other Particles, καὶ μὴν.. γε, οὐ μὴν.. γε, with words intervening, X.Mem.1.4.12, E.Alc. 518, etc.; after ἄν in apodosi, when preceded by οὐ or καί, Id.Ph. 1215, Or. 784; ἄταρ.. γε but yet, Ar.Ach. 448; καίτοι γε, v. καί τοι; ἀλλά γε (without intervening words) is f.l. in Pl.Hp.Ma. 287b (leg. ἀλλ' ἄγε), R. 331b ( ἀλλά γε ἕν codd.,

    ἀλλὰ ἕν γε Stob.

    ); ἀλλά γε δή dub. in Id.Phdr.262a; later, Plu.2.394c, Ael.NA10.49 codd.: but,
    5 when preceding other Particles, γε commonly refers to the preceding word, while the Particle retains its own force: but sts. modifies the sense of the following Particle, γε μήν nevertheless,

    πάντως γε μήν Ar.Eq. 232

    , cf. E.El. 754, X., etc.; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.

    γε μέν Il.2.703

    , Od.4.195, Hdt.7.152;

    γε μὲν δή A.Ag. 661

    , S.Tr. 484;

    γε μέντοι Pl.Tht. 164a

    , X.An.2.3.9, etc.: γε δή freq. strengthens an assertion, A.Pr.42, Th.2.62, etc.;

    οἰόμεθά γε δή Pl.Euthd. 275a

    (cf. also 11.1); γέ τοι, implying that the assertion is the least that one can say, Ar.V. 934, Pl. 424, 1041, etc.;

    γέ τοι Pl. Grg. 447b

    ;

    γέ τοι δή S.OT 1171

    , Pl.Phdr. 264b;

    γέ τοί που Id.Lg. 888e

    ;

    γε δήπου Id.Phd. 94a

    , etc.; γέ που at all events, any how, Ar. Ach. 896, Pl.R. 607d, 478a, etc.; for γε οὖν, v. γοῦν.
    II exercising an influence over the whole clause:
    1 epexegetic, namely, that is, Διός γε διδόντος that is if God grant it, Od.1.390; κλῦθι, Ποσείδαον.., εἰ ἐτεόν γε σός εἰμι if indeed I am really thine, 9.529: hence to limit, strengthen or amplify a general assertion, ἀνὴρ.. ὅστις πινυτός γε any man— at least any wise man, 1.229; freq. preceded by καί, usu. with words intervening, ἦ μὴν κελεύσω κἀπιθωΰξω γε πρός ay and besi <*>es that.., A.Pr.73; παρῆσάν τινες καὶ πολλοί γε some, ay and a great many, Pl.Phd. 58d;

    καὶ γελοίως γε Id.R. 531a

    ; freq. with the last term in an enumeration,

    ταύτῃ ἄρα.. πρακτέον καὶ γυμναστέον καὶ ἐδεστέον γε καὶ ποτέον Id.Cri. 47b

    ;

    ὄψεις τε καὶ ἀκοαὶ καὶ.. καὶ ἡδοναί γε δή Id.Tht. 156b

    ; repeated,

    συνήγαγόν μοι καί γε ἀργύριον καί γε χρυσίον LXX Ec.2.8

    ; rarely without intervening words,

    καί γε ὁ θάνατος διὰ τὴν μοίρην ἔλαχεν Hp.Septim.9

    , cf. Lys.11.7 codd.;

    καί γε.. ἐκχεῶ Act.Ap.2.18

    : hence,
    2 in dialogue, in answers where something is added to the statement of the previous speaker, as ἔπεμψέ τίς σοι.. κρέα; Answ. καλῶς γε ποιῶν yes and quite right too, Ar.Ach. 1049; κενὸν τόδ' ἄγγος, ἢ στέγει τι; Answ. σά γ' ἔνδυτα .. yes indeed, your clothes, E. Ion 1412; οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα δηχθείη πόσις. Answ. σὺ δ' ἂν γένοιο γ' ἀθλιωτάτη γυνή yes truly, and you.., Id.Med. 817, cf. S.OT 680, etc.; πάνυ γε yes certainly, Pl.Euthphr.8e, etc.; οὕτω γέ πως yes somehowso, Id.Tht. 165c; sts. preceded by καί, καὶ οὐδέν γ' ἄτοπον yes and no wonder, ib. 142b, cf. d, 147e; sts. ironically,

    εὖ γε κηδεύεις πόλιν E.IT 1212

    .
    3 to heighten a contrast or opposition,
    a after conditional clauses, εἰ μὲν δὴ σύ γ'.., τῷ κε Ποσειδάων γε .. if you do so, then at all events Poseidon will.., Il.15.49 sq.; ἐπεὶ πρὸς τοῦτο σιωπᾶν ἥδιόν σοι.. τόδε γε εἰπέ at any rate tell me this, X.Cyr. 5.5.20;

    εἰ μὴ τὸ ὅλον, μέρος γ' ἐπιβάλλει D.18.272

    :—sts. in the protasis, εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἑκόντες γε.. ἀλλ' ἀέκοντας .. Hdt.4.120.
    b in disjunctive sentences to emphasize an alternative, ἤτοι κεῖνόν γε.. δεῖ ἀπόλλυσθαι ἢ σέ .. Id.1.11;

    ἤτοι κρίνομέν γε ἢ ἐνθυμούμεθα ὀρθῶς τὰ πράγματα Th.2.40

    ;

    πατὴρ δ' ἐμός.. ζώει ὅ γ' ἢ τέθνηκε Od.2.131

    , cf. Il.10.504: also in the second clause,

    εἰπέ μοι, ἠὲ ἑκὼν ὑποδάμνασαι ἤ σέ γε λαοὶ ἐχθαίρουσι Od.3.214

    , cf. Hdt.7.10.θ, S.OT 1098 sq.
    4 in exclamations, etc., ὥς γε μή ποτ' ὤφελον λαβεῖν dub. in E.IA70, cf. S.OC 977, Ph. 1003, Ar.Ach.93, 836, etc.; in oaths, οὔτοι μὰ τὴν Δήμητρά γ' v.l. in Ar.Eq. 698;

    μὰ τὸν Ποσειδῶ γ' οὐδέποτ' Id.Ec. 748

    ;

    καὶ ναὶ μὰ Δία γε X.Ap.20

    ;

    καὶ νὴ Δία γε Ar.Eq. 1350

    , D.Chr.17.4, Luc. Merc.Cond.28, Lib.Or.11.59, etc.: with words intervening, καὶ νὴ Δί', ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἕτεροί γε .. D.13.16;

    νὴ Δία, ὦ Ἀθηναῖοι, ὥρα γε ὑμῖν X.HG7.1.37

    ; merely in strong assertions, τίς ἂν φιλέοντι μάχοιτο; ἄφρων δὴ κεῖνός γέ .. Od.8.209, etc.
    5 implying concession, εἶμί γε well then I will go (in apodosi), E.HF 861;

    δρᾶ γ' εἴ τι δράσεις Id.IA 817

    , cf. Andr. 239.
    III γε freq. repeated in protasis and apodosis, as πρίν γε.., πρίν γε, v. supr.1.3;

    εἰ μή γε.. τινὶ μείζονι, τῇ γε παρούσῃ ἀτιμίᾳ Lys.31.29

    ; even in the same clause,

    οὐδέν γ' ἄλλο πλήν γε καρκίνους Ar.V. 1507

    , cf. Hdt.1.187, E.Ph. 554, Pl.R. 335b, Grg. 502a.
    IV POSITION: γε normally follows the word which it limits; but is freq. placed immediately after the Article, as

    ὅ γε πόλεμος Th.1.66

    , etc.; or the Prep.,

    κατά γε τὸν σὸν λόγον X.Cyr.3.1.15

    ;

    ἔν γε ταῖς Θήβαις S.OT 1380

    ; or

    δέ, νῦν δέ γε Pl.Tht. 144e

    ; τὸ δέ γε ib. 164b;

    δοῖμεν δέ γέ που ἄν Id.R. 607d

    , cf. Phd. 94a, etc.; freq. in retorts, ἁμές ποκ' ἦμες ἄλκιμοι νεανίαι. Answ.

    ἁμὲς δέ γ' εἰμές Carm.Pop.18

    ; οὐκ οἶδ' ὅτι λέγεις. Answ.

    ἡ γραῦς δέ γε οἶδ', ὡς ἐγῷμαι Men.Epit. 577

    , cf. A.Th. 1031, etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > γε

  • 73

    , [full] , τό, is, when thus written,
    A demonstr. Pronoun.
    B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.
    C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., , , οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but , , οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    , al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;

    οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404

    (anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;

    τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18

    ;

    τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e

    ;

    τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e

    ;

    τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75

    (τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,

    ταῖν Lys.19.17

    , Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem.,

    μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8

    (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. , ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With , ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)
    A , , τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):
    I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,

    αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105

    ;

    τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186

    , cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.
    II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,

    ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12

    , al.
    III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;

    θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43

    , cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.
    IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.
    V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.
    VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,

    ὁ δέ

    the former,

    Pl.Prt. 359e

    , Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,

    ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595

    ;

    τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d

    , etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,

    ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28

    , cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;

    πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c

    ; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,

    ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6

    : sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or

    ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317

    -19, cf. 116 ;

    τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.
    2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g.

    τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24

    ;

    τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b

    ;

    οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a

    , etc.
    3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which refers is left indefinite,

    ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41

    ;

    νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c

    , cf. Phlb. 13c.
    4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.
    5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding

    ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3

    , cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by

    ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304

    ; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;

    τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843

    , etc. ;

    ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205

    (v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf.

    μέν D.

    III ;

    γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d

    , cf. Tht. 181d.
    6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,

    τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491

    ;

    τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3

    , cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87

    ;

    ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6

    : this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.
    7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.
    VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,
    1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.

    ὅς A.

    II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,

    καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,

    καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61

    , al.
    2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,

    τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b

    : but mostly in acc.,

    καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;

    τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141

    , cf. 9.68 ;

    τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243

    ; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad,

    τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398

    , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;

    τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53

    ; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.
    VIII abs. usages of single cases,
    1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,

    τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12

    .
    b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;

    τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46

    ;

    δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210

    :—only poet.
    c of Manner,

    τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν

    in this way, thus,

    Od.8.510

    .
    d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without

    μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48

    .
    e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.
    2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,

    τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d

    , Sph. 230b.
    b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.
    3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),

    τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37

    ;

    τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89

    ; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.
    4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also

    τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14

    ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14

    ;

    τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90

    : sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,

    τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107

    ,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.
    5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.
    b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;

    ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32

    , cf. A.Eu. 462 ;

    τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59

    .
    6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,

    ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90

    , Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;

    ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71

    ;

    τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c

    : in late Prose, also with Positives,

    ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47

    codd.; with

    πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19

    , cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).
    B , , τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,

    αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον

    the hindmost man,

    Il.11.178

    ;

    τὸν ἄριστον 17.80

    ;

    τὸν δύστηνον 22.59

    ;

    τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325

    ; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in

    τῶν ἄλλων 2.674

    , al.: with Advs.,

    τὸ πρίν 24.543

    , al.;

    τὸ πάρος περ 17.720

    ;

    τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583

    ; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 1.6

    ,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;

    ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559

    .—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.
    I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,

    τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5

    ; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12;

    οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b

    .
    b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).
    c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.
    d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.
    2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,

    οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109

    ;

    πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242

    , etc.
    b freq. with abstract Nouns,

    ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45

    , etc.
    3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.
    4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.
    5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;

    τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148

    ; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.
    6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;

    τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b

    ;

    ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d

    , cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;

    ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8

    ;

    τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8

    : hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.
    7 before Prons.,
    a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc.,

    τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a

    ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ;

    τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a

    ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.
    b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.
    c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,

    ὁ τοιοῦτος

    that sort of person,

    X.Mem.4.2.21

    , etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,

    τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13

    .
    8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    πολύς 11.3

    , etc.
    9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.
    II elliptic expressions:
    1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.
    2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,

    τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48

    . But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as

    τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86

    ; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.
    3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.
    4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.
    5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as , , τὸ νῦν;

    ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52

    ; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as

    κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266

    , cf.[315] (lyr.);

    ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412

    (lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;

    τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731

    .
    C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as

    κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262

    , cf. 1.300, al. ;

    Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526

    (lyr.);

    Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86

    ; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,

    ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3

    , cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag.,

    τῆς S.OC 1258

    , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);

    τῷ S.Ph.14

    ;

    τήν Id.OC 747

    , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.

    τεῦ Il.18.192

    (s.v.l.).
    D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:
    a [dialect] Att. , , τό, with [pron. full] make , as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: , τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: , τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: , τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
    b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from

    ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65

    , ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from

    ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60

    , etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) >

  • 74 تركيب

    تَرْكيب \ composition: (way of) arranging or mixing different things to form a whole: The composition of this group favours the government. I like the composition of his room. constitution: the way in which sth. is made up. installation: (an act of) installing. synthesis: the combining of separate things, ideas, etc. into a complete whole. \ See Also تأليف (تَأْليف)، بناء (بِناء)، تكوين (تَكْوين)‏ \ تَرْكيب أو بُنْيَة الجِسْمِ \ constitution: the general condition of a person’s body: She is seldom ill; she has a very strong constitution.

    Arabic-English dictionary > تركيب

  • 75 صادق

    صَادِق \ candid: honest; telling the truth although it may not be liked: Can a doctor always be candid about a sick person’s condition? She had candid eyes that could not hide her feelings. earnest: serious: He made an earnest attempt to improve. faithful: loyal; true: She is a very faithful friend. frank: free and honest in speech; saying what one really thinks: He was frank enough to tell me at once that he had made a bad mistake. genuine: real; not copied; true: Is this pound note genuine?. honest: true; not telling lies or deceiving; not stealing: Give me your honest opinion. Honest people do not travel by train without a ticket. honourable, honorable: worthy of respect. sincere: (of a person; his character, feelings or actions) honest; not pretending: a sincere desire for peace. straightforward: honest and direct; not deceitful or twisted. true: (often with to) loyal; faithful: She’s a true friend. He is true to his promises. whole-hearted: full; unlimited; eager and willing: His plan had their whole-hearted support. \ See Also حقيقي (حَقيقيّ)، جدي (جِدِّيّ)، وفي (وَفِيّ)، صريح (صَريح)، نزيه (نَزِيه)، شريف (شَريف)، مخلص (مُخْلِص)‏

    Arabic-English dictionary > صادق

  • 76 candid

    صَادِق \ candid: honest; telling the truth although it may not be liked: Can a doctor always be candid about a sick person’s condition? She had candid eyes that could not hide her feelings. earnest: serious: He made an earnest attempt to improve. faithful: loyal; true: She is a very faithful friend. frank: free and honest in speech; saying what one really thinks: He was frank enough to tell me at once that he had made a bad mistake. genuine: real; not copied; true: Is this pound note genuine?. honest: true; not telling lies or deceiving; not stealing: Give me your honest opinion. Honest people do not travel by train without a ticket. honourable, honorable: worthy of respect. sincere: (of a person; his character, feelings or actions) honest; not pretending: a sincere desire for peace. straightforward: honest and direct; not deceitful or twisted. true: (often with to) loyal; faithful: She’s a true friend. He is true to his promises. whole-hearted: full; unlimited; eager and willing: His plan had their whole-hearted support. \ See Also حقيقي (حَقيقيّ)، جدي (جِدِّيّ)، وفي (وَفِيّ)، صريح (صَريح)، نزيه (نَزِيه)، شريف (شَريف)، مخلص (مُخْلِص)‏

    Arabic-English glossary > candid

  • 77 earnest

    صَادِق \ candid: honest; telling the truth although it may not be liked: Can a doctor always be candid about a sick person’s condition? She had candid eyes that could not hide her feelings. earnest: serious: He made an earnest attempt to improve. faithful: loyal; true: She is a very faithful friend. frank: free and honest in speech; saying what one really thinks: He was frank enough to tell me at once that he had made a bad mistake. genuine: real; not copied; true: Is this pound note genuine?. honest: true; not telling lies or deceiving; not stealing: Give me your honest opinion. Honest people do not travel by train without a ticket. honourable, honorable: worthy of respect. sincere: (of a person; his character, feelings or actions) honest; not pretending: a sincere desire for peace. straightforward: honest and direct; not deceitful or twisted. true: (often with to) loyal; faithful: She’s a true friend. He is true to his promises. whole-hearted: full; unlimited; eager and willing: His plan had their whole-hearted support. \ See Also حقيقي (حَقيقيّ)، جدي (جِدِّيّ)، وفي (وَفِيّ)، صريح (صَريح)، نزيه (نَزِيه)، شريف (شَريف)، مخلص (مُخْلِص)‏

    Arabic-English glossary > earnest

  • 78 faithful

    صَادِق \ candid: honest; telling the truth although it may not be liked: Can a doctor always be candid about a sick person’s condition? She had candid eyes that could not hide her feelings. earnest: serious: He made an earnest attempt to improve. faithful: loyal; true: She is a very faithful friend. frank: free and honest in speech; saying what one really thinks: He was frank enough to tell me at once that he had made a bad mistake. genuine: real; not copied; true: Is this pound note genuine?. honest: true; not telling lies or deceiving; not stealing: Give me your honest opinion. Honest people do not travel by train without a ticket. honourable, honorable: worthy of respect. sincere: (of a person; his character, feelings or actions) honest; not pretending: a sincere desire for peace. straightforward: honest and direct; not deceitful or twisted. true: (often with to) loyal; faithful: She’s a true friend. He is true to his promises. whole-hearted: full; unlimited; eager and willing: His plan had their whole-hearted support. \ See Also حقيقي (حَقيقيّ)، جدي (جِدِّيّ)، وفي (وَفِيّ)، صريح (صَريح)، نزيه (نَزِيه)، شريف (شَريف)، مخلص (مُخْلِص)‏

    Arabic-English glossary > faithful

  • 79 frank

    صَادِق \ candid: honest; telling the truth although it may not be liked: Can a doctor always be candid about a sick person’s condition? She had candid eyes that could not hide her feelings. earnest: serious: He made an earnest attempt to improve. faithful: loyal; true: She is a very faithful friend. frank: free and honest in speech; saying what one really thinks: He was frank enough to tell me at once that he had made a bad mistake. genuine: real; not copied; true: Is this pound note genuine?. honest: true; not telling lies or deceiving; not stealing: Give me your honest opinion. Honest people do not travel by train without a ticket. honourable, honorable: worthy of respect. sincere: (of a person; his character, feelings or actions) honest; not pretending: a sincere desire for peace. straightforward: honest and direct; not deceitful or twisted. true: (often with to) loyal; faithful: She’s a true friend. He is true to his promises. whole-hearted: full; unlimited; eager and willing: His plan had their whole-hearted support. \ See Also حقيقي (حَقيقيّ)، جدي (جِدِّيّ)، وفي (وَفِيّ)، صريح (صَريح)، نزيه (نَزِيه)، شريف (شَريف)، مخلص (مُخْلِص)‏

    Arabic-English glossary > frank

  • 80 genuine

    صَادِق \ candid: honest; telling the truth although it may not be liked: Can a doctor always be candid about a sick person’s condition? She had candid eyes that could not hide her feelings. earnest: serious: He made an earnest attempt to improve. faithful: loyal; true: She is a very faithful friend. frank: free and honest in speech; saying what one really thinks: He was frank enough to tell me at once that he had made a bad mistake. genuine: real; not copied; true: Is this pound note genuine?. honest: true; not telling lies or deceiving; not stealing: Give me your honest opinion. Honest people do not travel by train without a ticket. honourable, honorable: worthy of respect. sincere: (of a person; his character, feelings or actions) honest; not pretending: a sincere desire for peace. straightforward: honest and direct; not deceitful or twisted. true: (often with to) loyal; faithful: She’s a true friend. He is true to his promises. whole-hearted: full; unlimited; eager and willing: His plan had their whole-hearted support. \ See Also حقيقي (حَقيقيّ)، جدي (جِدِّيّ)، وفي (وَفِيّ)، صريح (صَريح)، نزيه (نَزِيه)، شريف (شَريف)، مخلص (مُخْلِص)‏

    Arabic-English glossary > genuine

См. также в других словарях:

  • Condition — • That which is necessary or at least conducive to the actual operation of a cause Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Condition     Condition      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Condition monitoring — is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery, such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure. It is a major component of predictive maintenance. The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to… …   Wikipedia

  • condition — n 1 Condition, stipulation, terms, provision, proviso, reservation, strings are comparable when meaning something that is established or is regarded as the prerequisite of a promise or agreement being fulfilled or taking effect. Condition implies …   New Dictionary of Synonyms

  • Condition-based maintenance — (CBM), shortly described, is maintenance when need arises. This maintenance is performed after one or more indicators show that equipment is going to fail or that equipment performance is deteriorating. Condition based maintenance was introduced… …   Wikipedia

  • whole — I (New American Roget s College Thesaurus) The complete thing Nouns 1. whole, totality, totalness, integrity; entirety, ensemble, collectiveness; unity, completeness, indivisibility, integration, embodiment; integer. 2. the whole, all, everything …   English dictionary for students

  • condition — 1 noun 1 STATE (singular) the state that something is in (+ in): What sort of condition is your new house in? (+ of): The garden was in a condition of total neglect. | be in good/bad/perfect/awful etc condition: The car has been well maintained… …   Longman dictionary of contemporary English

  • condition — Verb: To put in shape, as a horse for a race, a pugilist for a match. Noun: A provision in a contract creating no right or duty of and in itself but merely limiting or modifying rights and duties under the contract. 17 Am J2d Contr § 320; a… …   Ballentine's law dictionary

  • Whole life tariff — Emprisonnement à perpétuité La prison à perpétuité ou prison à vie est une sanction pénale pour les crimes les plus graves, qui consiste théoriquement en l’incarcération d’un criminel jusqu’à sa mort. Dans la pratique, tous les pays au monde… …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Necessary and sufficient condition — This article is about the formal terminology in logic. For causal meanings of the terms, see Causality. In logic, the words necessity and sufficiency refer to the implicational relationships between statements. The assertion that one statement is …   Wikipedia

  • A condition which prevents a contract from going into operation until it has been fulfilled — Classification Conditions are either express or implied, the former when incorporated in express terms in the deed, contract, lease, or grant; the latter, when inferred or presumed by law, from the nature of the transaction or the conduct of the… …   Black's law dictionary

  • A condition which prevents a contract from going into operation until it has been fulfilled — Classification Conditions are either express or implied, the former when incorporated in express terms in the deed, contract, lease, or grant; the latter, when inferred or presumed by law, from the nature of the transaction or the conduct of the… …   Black's law dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»